WO2007098214A1 - Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors - Google Patents

Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007098214A1
WO2007098214A1 PCT/US2007/004531 US2007004531W WO2007098214A1 WO 2007098214 A1 WO2007098214 A1 WO 2007098214A1 US 2007004531 W US2007004531 W US 2007004531W WO 2007098214 A1 WO2007098214 A1 WO 2007098214A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
heteroaryl
optionally substituted
alkyl
heterocyclyl
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2007/004531
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Stephen A. Hitchcock
Ruiping Liu
Mark P. Arrington
Allen T. Hopper
Richard D. Conticello
Truc M. Nguyen
M. Diana Danca
Carla Gauss
Original Assignee
Amgen Inc.
Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Amgen Inc., Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation filed Critical Amgen Inc.
Priority to JP2008556410A priority Critical patent/JP2009527562A/en
Priority to AU2007217474A priority patent/AU2007217474A1/en
Priority to MX2008010671A priority patent/MX2008010671A/en
Priority to CA002643983A priority patent/CA2643983A1/en
Priority to EP07751301A priority patent/EP1991540A1/en
Publication of WO2007098214A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007098214A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/36—Opioid-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to certain cinnoline compounds that are
  • PDElO inhibitors pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and processes for preparing such compounds.
  • This invention is also directed to uses for a compound as provided herein, for example in medicaments and in methods for treating disorders or diseases treatable by inhibition of PDElO enzyme, such as obesity, non-insulin dependent diabetes, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and the like.
  • cAMP and cGMP cyclic nucleotide monophosphates
  • PKA cAMP-dependent protein kinase
  • Downstream mediators of cGMP signaling also include kinases and ion channels. In addition to actions mediated by kinases, cAMP and cGMP bind directly to some cell proteins and directly regulate their activity.
  • Cyclic nucleotides are produced from the actions of adenylyl cyclase and guanylyl cyclase which convert ATP to cAMP and GTP to cGMP. Extracellular signals, often through the actions of G protein-coupled receptors, regulate the activity of the cyclases. Alternatively, the amount of cAMP and cGMP may be altered by regulating the activity of the enzymes that degrade cyclic nucleotides. Cell homeostasis is maintained by the rapid degradation of cyclic nucleotides after stimulus-induced increases. The enzymes that degrade cyclic nucleotides are called 3',5'-cyclic nucleotide-specific phosphodiesterases (PDEs).
  • PDEs 3',5'-cyclic nucleotide-specific phosphodiesterases
  • PDE-PDEl 1 Eleven PDE gene families (PDEl-PDEl 1) have been identified based on their distinct amino acid sequences, catalytic and regulatory characteristics, and sensitivity to small molecule inhibitors. These families are coded for by 21 genes; and further multiple splice variants are transcribed from many of these genes. Expression patterns of each of the gene families are distinct. PDEs differ with respect to their affinity for cAMP and cGMP. Activities of different PDEs are regulated by different signals. For example, PDE 1 is stimulated by Ca 2+ /calmodulin. PDE 2 activity is stimulated by cGMP. PDE 3 is inhibited by cGMP. PDE 4 is cAMP specific and is specifically inhibited by rolipram. PDE 5 is cGMP- specific. PDE6 is expressed in retina.
  • PDElO sequences were first identified by using bioinformatics and sequence information from other PDE gene families (Fujishige et al., J. Biol. Chem. 274:18438-18445, " 1999; Loughney et al., Gene 234: 109-117, 1999; Soderling et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA 96:7071-7076, 1999).
  • the PDElO gene family is distinguished based on its amino acid sequence, functional properties and tissue distribution.
  • the human PDElO gene is large, over 200 kb, with up to 24 exons coding for each of the splice variants.
  • the amino acid sequence is characterized by two GAF domains (which bind cGMP), a catalytic region, and alternatively spliced N and C termini. Numerous splice variants are possible because of at least three alternative exons encode N termini and two exons encode C termini.
  • PDElOAl is a 779 amino acid protein that hydrolyzes both cAMP and cGMP.
  • the K n , values for cAMP and cGMP are 0.05 and 3.0 micromolar, respectively.
  • several variants with high homology have been isolated from both rat and mouse tissues and sequence banks.
  • PDElO RNA transcripts were initially detected in human testis and brain.
  • tissue distribution of PDElO indicates that PDElO inhibitors can be used to raise levels of cAMP and/or cGMP within cells that express the PDElO enzyme, for example, in neurons that comprise the basal ganglia and therefore would be useful in treating a variety of neuropsychiatric conditions involving the basal ganglia such as obesity, non- insulin dependent diabetes, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder, and the like.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or haloalkyl
  • R 3 is:
  • A is a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring and the ring of formula (a) is substituted with:
  • R 4 where R 4 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 7 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR 8 CO-, -CONR 9 -, -NR 10 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 11 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 12 - where R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 and R 12 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aral
  • R 5 and R 6 where R 5 and R 6 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulf ⁇ nyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R a , R b , and R c which are independently
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently carbon, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur provided that at least two of X ! , X 2 , and X 3 are other than carbon;
  • X 4 , X s , X 6 and X 7 are independently carbon or nitrogen provided that at least two of X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are other than carbon;
  • B and C are phenyl, a five- or six-membered heteroaryl ring (wherein the five-membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur and the six-membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two nitrogen atoms, the rest of the ring atoms being carbon), or a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring; and wherein rings of formulae (b) and (c) are substituted with:
  • R 13 where R 13 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR 17 CO-, -CONR 18 -, -NR 19 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 20 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 21 - where R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 20 and R 21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aral
  • R 16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R f , R 8 , and R h which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulf ⁇ nyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or
  • R 22 where R 22 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 25 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, - NR 26 CO-, -CONR 27 -, -NR 28 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 29 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 30 - where R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , R 29 and R 30 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 25 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or hetero
  • R 23 and R 24 where R 23 and R 24 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulf ⁇ nyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R k , R
  • R 31 where R 31 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 34 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR 35 CO-, -CONR 36 -, -NR 37 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 38 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 39 - where R 35 , R 36 , R 37 , R 38 and R 39 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 34 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
  • R 32 and R 33 where R 32 and R 33 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , and R 34 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R p , R q , and R r which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, halo
  • the compound of Formula (I) is not 4-(4-(3-chlorophenyl)piperazin-l- yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline; 4-(4-(benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline;
  • R 3 when R 3 is pyrrolidin-1 -yl, R 31 is not -XR 34 where X is -O- and R 34 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
  • R 3 when R 3 is piperidin-1-yl, one of R 23 and R 24 is hydrogen, and R 22 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then the other of R 23 and R 24 is not hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, cyano, hydroxyl, alkoxy, -COR, -CONRR 1 or -NRR' (where R and R 1 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or unsubstituted aryl), or -NHCOR (where R is alkyl or unsubstituted aryl); and
  • R 23 and R 24 are both hydrogen or one of R 23 and R 24 is hydrogen and the other of R 23 and R 24 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then R 22 is not -COR 25 (where R 25 is unsubstituted aryl), -COOR 25 (where R 25 is unsubstituted aryl), -CONR 25 R 27 , -NR 25 R 28 or -NHCOR 2S (where R 27 and R 28 are hydrogen, alkyl, or unsubstituted aryl, and each R 25 is unsubstituted aryl).
  • R 27 and R 28 are hydrogen, alkyl, or unsubstituted aryl, and each R 25 is unsubstituted aryl.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is not 4-(4-(3-chlorophenyl)piperazin-l- yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline; 4-(4-(benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline; • •
  • R 3 when R 3 is pyrrolidin-1 -yl, R 31 is not -XR 34 where X is -O- and R 34 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
  • R 3 when R 3 is piperidin-1-yl, one of R 23 and R 24 is hydrogen, and R 22 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then the other of R 23 and R 24 is not hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, cyano, hydroxyl, alkoxy, -COR, -CONRR' or -NRR' (where R and R' are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl), or -NHCOR (where R is alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl); and
  • this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • this invention is directed to a method of treating a disorder treatable by inhibition of PDElO in a patient which method comprises administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the disease is obesity, non-insulin dependent diabetes, Huntington's disease, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or obsessive- compulsive disorder.
  • this invention is directed the use of a compound of
  • the disorder is obesity, non-insulin dependent diabetes, Huntington's disease, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or obsessive- compulsive disorder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition or the medicament could contain one or more compounds of Formula (I) (including individual stereoisomer, mixtures of stereoisomers where the compound of Formula (I) has at least a stereochemical centre), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or mixtures thereof.
  • Alkyl means a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, butyl (including all isomeric forms), pentyl (including all isomeric forms), and the like.
  • Alicyclic means a non-aromatic ring, e.g, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring.
  • Alkylene means a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms unless otherwise stated, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene,
  • Alkylthio means a -SR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
  • Alkylsulfonyl means a -SO 2 R radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, and the like.
  • Amino means a -NH 2 .
  • Alkylamino means a -NHR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, or 2-propylamino, and the like.
  • Alkoxy means an -OR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or 2-propoxy, n-, iso-, or tert-butoxy, and the like.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl means a -C(O)OR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxy carbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and the like.
  • Alkoxycarbonylalkyl means an -(alkylene)-C(O)OR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonyl ethyl, and the like.
  • Alkoxyalkyl means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbons substituted with at least one alkoxy group, preferably one or two alkoxy groups, as defined above, e.g., 2-methoxyethyl, 1-, 2-, or 3-methoxypropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, and the like.
  • Alkoxyalkyloxy means a -OR radical where R is alkoxyalkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxyethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, and the like.
  • Aminoalkyl means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbons substituted with at least one, preferably one or two, -NRR 1 where R is hydrogen, alkyl, or
  • R a is alkyl
  • R' is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, or haloalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g, aminomethyl, methylaminoethyl, 2-ethylamino-2-methylethyl, 1,3-diaminopropyl, dimethylaminomethyl, diethylaminoethyl, acetylaminopropyl, and the like.
  • aminoalkoxy means an -OR radical where R is aminoalkyl as defined above, e.g., 2-aminoethoxy, 2-dimethylaminopropoxy, and the like.
  • Aminocarbonyl means a -CONRR' radical where R is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl and R' is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., -CONH 2 , methylaminocarbonyl, 2-dimethylaminocarbonyl, and the like.
  • Aminosulfonyl means a — SO 2 NRR' radical where R is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl and R' is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., -SO 2 NH 2 , methylaminosulfonyl, 2-dimethylaminosulfonyl, and the like.
  • Aminosulfinyl means a — SONRR' radical where R is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl and R' is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., -CONH 2 , methylaminosulf ⁇ nyl, 2-dimethylaminosuIfmyI, and the like.
  • Acyl means a -COR radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., acetyl, propionyl, benzoyl, pyridinylcarbonyl, and the like.
  • R is alkyl, the radical is also referred to herein as alkylcarbonyl.
  • Acylamino means a -NHCOR radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., acetylamino, propionylamino, and the like.
  • Aryl means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical of 6 to 12 ring atoms e.g., phenyl, naphthyl or anthracenyl.
  • Aralkyl means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is aryl as defined above.
  • Cycloalkyl means a cyclic saturated monovalent bridged or non-bridged hydrocarbon radical of three to ten carbon atoms, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or adamantyl, and the like.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is cycloalkyl as defined above; e.g., cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, or cyclohexylmethyl, and the like. ;
  • Cycloalkyloxy means an -OR radical where R is cycloalkyl as defined, e.g., cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
  • Cycloalkylalkyloxy means an —OR radical where R is cycloalkylalkyl as defined above, e.g., cyclopropylmethyloxy, cyclobutylmethyloxy, cyclopentylethyloxy, cyclohexylmethyloxy, and the like.
  • Carboxy means -COOH.
  • "Disubstituted amino” means a - NRR' radical where R and R' are independently alkyl, acyl, sulfonyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each as defined herein defined above, e.g., dimethylamino, phenylmethylamino, and the like. When R and R' are alkyl, the -NRR' radical may are also be referred to herein as dialkylamino.
  • "Halo" means fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo, preferably fluoro or chloro.
  • Haloalkyl means alkyl substituted with one or more halogen atoms, preferably one to five halogen atoms, preferably fluorine or chlorine, including those substituted with different halogens, e.g., -CH 2 Cl, -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , -CF 2 CF 3 , -CF(CH 3 )I 2 , and the like.
  • Haloalkoxy means an -OR radical where R is haloalkyl as defined above, e.g., -OCF 3 , -OCHF 2 , and the like.
  • Hydrocarbon alkyl means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbons substituted with one or two hydroxy groups, provided that if two hydroxy groups are present they are not both on the same carbon atom.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy ⁇ ropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-hydroxyethyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl, 3,4-dihydroxybutyl and 2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypropyl, preferably 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, and l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-hydroxyethyl.
  • Haldroxyalkoxy or "hydroxyalkyloxy” means an -OR radical where R is " hydroxyalkyl as defined above.
  • Heterocyclyl means a saturated or unsaturated monovalent monocyclic group of 3 to 8 ring atoms in which one or two ring atoms are heteroatom independently selected from N, O, and S(O) n , where n is an integer from 0 to 2, the remaining ring atoms being C. Additionally, one or two ring carbon atoms can optionally be replaced by a -CO- group and the heterocyclic ring may be fused to phenyl or heteroaryl ring, provided that the heterocyclic ring is not aromatic. Unless stated otherwise, the fused heterocyclyl ring can be attached at any ring atom.
  • heterocyclyl includes, but is not limited to, pyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, morpholino, piperazino, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholino, and the like.
  • the heterocyclyl ring has five, six or seven ring atoms and is not fused to phenyl or heteroaryl ring, it may be referred to herein as "monocyclic five- six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring or five- six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring".
  • the heterocyclyl ring is unsaturated it can contain one or two double bonds provided that the ring is not aromatic.
  • Heterocyclylalkyl means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is heterocyclyl ring as defined above, e.g., tetraydrofuranylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
  • Heteroaryl means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms where one or more, preferably one, two, or three, ring atoms are heteroatom independently selected from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • Heteroaralkyl means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is heteroaryl as defined above.
  • “Monosubstituted amino” means an -NHR radical where R is alkyl, acyl, sulfonyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., methylamino,
  • the present invention also includes prodrugs of compounds of Formula (I).
  • prodrug is intended to represent covalently bonded carriers, which are capable of releasing the active ingredient of Formula (I) when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Release of the active Ingredient occurs in vivo.
  • Prodrugs can be prepared by techniques known to one skilled in the art. These techniques generally modify appropriate functional groups in a given compound. These modified functional groups however regenerate original functional groups by routine manipulation or in vivo.
  • Prodrugs of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino, carboxylic, or a similar group is modified.
  • prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., ⁇ iV-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy or amino functional groups in compounds of Formula (I), amides (e.g., trifluoroacetylamino, acetylamino, and the like), and the like.
  • esters e.g., acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives
  • carbamates e.g., ⁇ iV-dimethylaminocarbonyl
  • amides e.g., trifluoroacetylamino, acetylamino, and the like
  • the present invention also includes protected derivatives of compounds of
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
  • Such salts include, for instance, acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic .
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like
  • organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic .
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” can include, for instance, salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanol amine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, -V-methylglucamine, and the like.
  • a metal ion e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion
  • an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanol amine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, -V-methylglucamine, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are, in general, nontoxic. Additional information on suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in • Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1985, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the compounds of the present invention may have asymmetric centers.
  • Certain compounds of Formula (I) can exist as tautomers and/or geometric isomers. All possible tautomers and cis and trans isomers, as individual forms and mixtures thereof are within the scope of this invention. Additionally, as used herein the term alkyl includes all the possible isomeric forms of said alkyl group albeit only a few examples are set forth. Furthermore, when the cyclic groups such as aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl are substituted, they include all the positional isomers albeit only a few examples are set forth. Furthermore, all polymorphic forms and hydrates of a compound of Formula (I) are within the scope of this invention.
  • heterocyclyl group optionally mono- or di-substituted with an alkyl group means that the alkyl may but need not be present, and the description includes situations where the heterocyclyl group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the heterocyclyl group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
  • Optionally substituted phenyl means a phenyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkyl, halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, aminocarbonyl, acylamino, sulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, sulfinyl, and sulfonyl, each as defined herein.
  • Optionally substituted heteroaryl means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms where one or more, preferably one, two, or three, ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon that is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkyl, halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, aminocarbonyl, acylamino, sulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, or carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, sulfinyl, and sulfonyl, each as defined
  • optionally substituted heteroaryl includes, but is not limited to, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, furanyl, indolyl, quinolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzopyranyl, and thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted as indicated above.
  • Optionally substituted heterocyclyl means a saturated or unsaturated monovalent cyclic group of 3 to 8 ring atoms in which one or two ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S(O) n , where n is an integer from 0 to 2, the remaining ring atoms being C.
  • One or two ring carbon atoms can optionally be replaced by a -CO- group and is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkyl, halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, aminocarbonyl, acylamino, sulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, or carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, sulfinyl, and sulfonyl, each as defined herein.
  • optionally substituted heterocyclyl includes, but is not limited to, optionally substituted pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperazino, tetrahydropyranyl, and thiomorpholino, substituted or unsubstituted as indicated above.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient” means a carrier or an excipient that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, nontoxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier or an excipient that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
  • “A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier/excipient” as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such excipient.
  • Sulfinyl means a -SOR radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined above, e.g., methylsulf ⁇ nyl, phenylsulfinyl, benzylsulf ⁇ nyl, pyridinylsulfinyl, and the like.
  • Sulfonyl means a -SO 2 R radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined above, e.g., methylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, benzylsulfonyl, pyridinylsulfonyl, and the like.
  • "Treating" or “treatment” of a disease includes:
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound of
  • Formula (I) that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
  • the "therapeutically effective amount” may vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated.
  • R 5 and R 6 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl,. alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 5 and R 6 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R a , R b , and R c which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkyl
  • R 13 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 16 (where X is -O-, - CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR 17 CO-, -CONR 18 -, -NR 19 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 20 SO 2 -, or - SO 2 NR 21 - where R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 20 and R 21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl,
  • R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl ; wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R f , R e , and R h which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cyclo
  • R 23 and R 24 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are alkyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are methyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are independently trifluoromethyl or difluoromethyl.
  • R 1 is ethyl, or n- or- iso-propyl and R 2 is methyl.
  • R 4 group in groups (ii)-(iv) above is as defined in the Summary of the invention. [0082] Within the groups (ii)-(iv) above, one group of compounds is that wherein R 4 is phenyl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 4 is heteroaryl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 4 is a saturated monocyclic heterocyclyl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 4 is saturated fused heterocyclyl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the
  • R 3 rings in groups (ii)-(iv) above, the subgroups contained therein, including the hydrogen in -NH- groups in the rings, can also be substituted with R 5 and R 6 where R 5 and R 6 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment
  • one of R 5 and R 6 is hydrogen.
  • the -NH- groups in the rings are substituted with alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
  • the -NH- groups in the rings are unsubstituted.
  • one group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R 3 is a monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with R 22 , R 23 and R 24 wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in
  • R 22 , R 23 and R 24 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R k , R 1 , and R m which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two
  • R 0 where R n and R° are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
  • R 3 is a ring of formula:
  • R 22 , R 23 and R 24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above, including the hydrogen in -NH- groups in the rings.
  • the -NH- groups in the rings are substituted with alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
  • the -NH- groups in the rings are unsubstituted.
  • R 22 , R 23 and R 24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above, including the hydrogen in -NH- groups in the rings.
  • the -NH- groups in the rings are substituted with alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
  • the -NH- groups in the rings are unsubstituted.
  • R 22 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention and the rings can also be substituted, including the hydrogen atom on the -NH- group within the ring with R 23 and R 24 where R 23 and R 24 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above.
  • R 23 is hydrogen and R 24 is attached to the carbon adjacent to the nitrogen attached to the cinnoline ring.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is phenyl optionally substituted with R k , R 1 , and R m are as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is saturated heterocyclyl optionally substituted with R k , R 1 , and R m are as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • yet another group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is morpholin-4-yl or 2-oxopiperidin-l-yl optionally substituted with R k , R 1 , and R m are as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 22 is phenyl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with R k , R 1 and R m , preferably substituted at the para position with R k and optionally substituted with R 1 and R m wherein R k , R 1 , and R m are as defined in the Summary of the Invention and R 23 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above.
  • the -NH- groups in the above rings can optionally be substitituted with R 24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is cycloalkyl, alkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
  • R 23 is hydrogen.
  • R 22 is phenyl or heteroaryl substituted with R k and R 1 .
  • R 22 is heterocyclyl and R 23 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above.
  • the -NH- groups in the above rings can optionally be substituted with R 24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is cycloalkyl, alkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
  • yet another group of compounds is that wherein R 22 is -NHCOR 25 where R 25 is aryl or heteroaryl as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 31 and R 32 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 31 is aryl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 13 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR 17 CO-, -CONR 18 -, -NR 19 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 20 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 21 - where R I7 -R 21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl).
  • R 13 is phenyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and R 3 can also be substituted with R 14 and R 15 where R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulf ⁇ nyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R f , R ⁇
  • R 13 is phenyl, heteroaryl or five or six membered heterocyclyl.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 13 is morpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, or pyridinyl optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R f , R s , and R h as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 22 is phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic saturated five or six membered heterocyclyl ring
  • R 23 is hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic five or six membered heterocyclyl ring
  • R 24 is alkyl and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 22 and R 23 is optionally substituted with R k , R 1 and R m as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is methyl.
  • R 22 is phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic five or six membered heterocyclyl ring and R 23 is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • R 22 and R 23 are independently phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic saturated five or six membered heterocyclyl ring.
  • the aromatic or alicyclic ring is optionally substituted with R k selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally
  • R 22 is aralkyl, preferably benzyl optionally substituted with R k , R 1 and R m as defined in the Summary of the Invention and R 23 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • R 23 is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • A is a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring and the ring (a) is substituted with R 4 , R 5 and R 6 as defined below.
  • R 4 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 7 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR 8 CO-, -CONR 9 -, -NR 10 - , -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 11 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 12 - where R 8 -R 12 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl) .
  • R 5 is hydrogen alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino.
  • a group of compounds is that wherein R 6 is hydrogen.
  • the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R a , R b , and R c which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl,
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently carbon, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur provided that at least two of X 1 , X 2 , and are other than carbon; and B is phenyl, or a six-membered heteroaryl ring (wherein the six-membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two nitrogen atoms, the rest of the ring atoms being carbon), or a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring; and wherein ring (b) is substituted with R 13 , R 14 and R 15 as defined below.
  • R 13 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR 17 CO-, -CONR 18 -, .
  • R 17 -R 21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl).
  • R 14 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • R 15 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl. alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino.
  • a group of compounds is that wherein R 15 is hydrogen.
  • the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R f , R 8 , and R h which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optional
  • R 22 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 25 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR 26 CO-, -CONR 27 -, -NR 28 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 29 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 30 - where R 26 -R 3O are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 25 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl).
  • R 23 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • R 24 is hydrogen, alkyi, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; within this embodiment, a group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is hydrogen.
  • the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R k , R 1 , and R m which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optional
  • R 31 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 34 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR 35 CO-, -CONR 36 -, -NR 37 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 38 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 39 - where R 35 -R 39 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R 34 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl).
  • R 32 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl,' haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl: [00116] R 33 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbony
  • the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , and R 34 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R p , R q , and R r which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R s and R 1 where R s and R 1 are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
  • R 31 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 34 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR 35 CO-, -CONR 36 -, -NR 37 -, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR 38 SO 2 -, or -SO 2 NR 39 - where R 35 -R 39 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyciylalkyl and R 34 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl).
  • R 32 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, arninoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • R 33 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, • aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; within this embodiment, a group of compound is that wherein R 33 is hydrogen.
  • the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , and R 34 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R p , R q , and R r which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R s and R* where R s and R 1 are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
  • R 22 is phenyl or heteroaryl and the R 22 rings are optionally substituted, including the hydrogen atom on the -NH- group within the ring with R 24 where R 24 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above.
  • R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is phenyl optionally substituted with R k , R 1 , and R m which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with R k , R 1 , and R
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is phenyl substituted with R k as defined above.
  • another group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is phenyl substituted with R k and R 1 as defined above and are located at the 2,6-positions of the phenyl ring, the carbon atom of the phenyl ring attached to the R 3 rings shown in (xx) above being the one position.
  • yet another group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is phenyl substituted with R k and R 1 as defined above and are located at the 3,5-positions of the phenyl ring, the carbon atom of the phenyl ring attached to the R 3 rings shown in (xx) above being the one position.
  • yet another group of compounds is that wherein R 24 is hydrogen and R 22 is phenyl substituted with R k and R 1 as defined above and R k and R 1 are located at the 2,4-positions of the phenyl ring, the carbon atom of the phenyl ring attached to the R 3 rings shown in (xx) above being the one position.
  • R 1 and R 2 are alkyl and R 3 is a ring of formula (b) substituted with R 13 where R 13 is hydrogen, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or -XR 16 (where X is - O-, -CONH-, or -NR 19 - where R 19 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 16 is cycloalkyl or aralkyl); and R 14 where R 14 is hydrogen or alkoxyalkyloxy wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R l3 and R 16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R f , R 8 , and R h which are independently alkyl or cyloalkylalkyl provided that one of R 13 and R 14 is not hydrogen.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 1 and R 2 are methyl and R 3 is lH-indazolyl substituted with R 13 where R 13 is hydrogen, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or -XR 16 (where X is -O-, -CONH-, or -NR 19 - where R 19 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 16 is cycloalkyl or aralkyl); and R 14 where R 14 is hydrogen or alkoxyalkyloxy wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 13 and R 16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R f , R 8 .
  • R 1 and R 2 which are independently alkyl and cyloalkylalkyl provided that one of R 13 and R 14 is not hydrogen.
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 1 and R 2 are methyl and R 3 is 3-cyclopropylaminocarbonyl-lH-indazol-l -yl; 5-benzyloxy-l H-indazol-1-yl; 6-benzyloxy- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 4-(2-methoxyethyloxy)- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 5-(2-methoxyethyloxy)- 1 H- indazol- 1 -yl; 6-(2-methoxyethyloxy)- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 5-(morpholin-4-yl)- lH-indazol- 1 -yl; 6-(morpholin-4-yl)-l H-indazol-1-yl; 5 -(
  • R 1 and R 2 are alkyl and R 3 is monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with R 22 where R 22 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR 25 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NH 6 CO-, or -NH- where R 25 is aryl, heterocyclyl, or aralkyl); and R 23 where R 23 is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyl, or acyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R 22 , R 23 , and R 25 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from R k , R 1 , and R m which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl,
  • one group of compounds is that wherein R 1 and R 2 are methyl and R 3 is 2-(i?S)-phenylmorpholin-4-yl; 2-( ⁇ )-phenylmorpholin-4-yl; 2-(S)- phenylmorpholin-4-yl; 2-( ⁇ 5)-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 3-(&S)-phenylpyr ⁇ olidin-l - yl; 2-( ⁇ S>(4-fluorophenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(/?S>(2-chloro ⁇ henyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)- (pyridin-3-yl)morpholin-4-yl; 4-(ftS)-(phenoxy)piperidin-l -yl; 2-(RS)-(pyrrolidin- 1 - ylmethyl)-morpholin-4-yl ; 3-(RS)-(2-oxopiperidin- 1 -yl)piperid
  • the starting materials and reagents used in preparing these compounds are either available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), Bachem (Torrance, Calif.), or Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.) or are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in references such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition) and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989).
  • the reactions described herein take place at atmospheric pressure over a temperature range from about -78 0 C to about 150 0 C, such as from about 0 0 C to about 125 0 C, for example, at about room (or ambient) temperature, e.g., ' about 20 0 C.
  • the bromo derivative is prepared by mixing a concentrated suspension of the 4-hydroxycinnoline in chloroform and phosphorous oxybromide at room temperature and then warming to reflux for 8 to 16 h. Extractive workup after neutralization and subsequent recrystallization from alcoholic solvent such as ethanol provides 4-bromocinnoline.
  • Compounds of formula 1 are either commercially available (e.g., 2-amino-4,5- dimethoxyacetophenone) or can be synthesized by methods well known in the art.
  • simple dialkyl ethers wherein the alkyl groups at the 3,4-postions are the same, can be readily prepared under standard etherification reaction conditions.
  • 3,4- dihydroxy-acetophenone can be treated with an excess of a base such as cesium carbonate and the desired alkyl halide to directly provide the dialkylated product.
  • bases such as triethylamine, sodium hydride, potassium carbonate, potassium hydride, etc.
  • 2-Amino-4,5-dialkoxyacetophenones 1 are prepared by nitration with nitric acid in one of several solvents including acetic acid or sulfuric acid at ice bath temperatures to provide 2-nitro-4,5-dialkoxyacetophenones (Iwamura et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 10:675, 2002). Reduction of the nitro group under known reaction conditions e.g., hydrogenation with palladium on carbon, iron powder in acetic acid, or nickel boride, among others, provides the desired compounds 1. (Castle et al., J. Org.
  • compounds of formula 1 can be prepared under Mitsunobu reaction conditions by treating phenol with diethyl or diisopropyl azo-dicarboxylates, triphenylphosphine, and the desired alkyl alcohol in THF solution to give the corresponding alkoxy derivative.
  • Treatment of the phenol with haloacetic acid e.g., chlorodifluoroacetic acid under basic conditions. provides difluoromethyl ether.
  • 3,4- dihydroxyacetophenone can be utilized as the starting material.
  • 3,4-Dihydroxyacetophenone can be selectively protected as its 4-benzyl ether (Greenspan et al., J. Med. Chem. 42:164, 1999) by treatment with benzyl bromide and lithium carbonate in DMF solution. ;
  • Functionalization of the 3-OH group with the desired alkyl halide can be accomplished under the esterification conditions described above, including Mitsunobu reaction. Removal of the benzyl ether by hydrogenolysis with palladium on carbon in alcoholic solvents such as methanol and followed by etherification of the 4-OH yields the 3,4-dialkoxyacetophenones. Nitration of 3,4-dialkoxyacetophenones, followed by reduction of the nitro group provides • the desired compound 1.
  • 4-Bromo-6,7-bis-difluoromethoxycinnoline analogs can be prepared from 3,4- dimethoxyacetophenone by reaction with nitric acid to yield 3,4-dimethoxy-6- nitroacetophenone which upon treatment with pyridine-HCl provides l-(4,5-dihydroxy-2- nitrophenyl)ethanone.
  • Treatment of 1 -(4,5-dihydroxy-2-nitrophenyl)ethanone with chlorodifluoroacetic acid provides l-(4,5-bis(difluoromethoxy)-2-nitrophenyl)ethanone which upon reduction of the nitro group to amino group followed by cyclization under conditions described above provides the desired compound.
  • Compounds of formula 2 can also be prepared from 2-alkynylanilines as described in Queguiner et al., Tetrahedron 56:5499, 2000.
  • Compound 3 is then converted to a compound of Formula (I) where R 3 is a group of formula (a)-(c) by reacting it with aryl or heteroaryl boronic acids under Suzuki coupling reaction conditions.
  • R 3 is heterocyclic ring attached to the cinnoline ring via a nitrogen atom, e.g., pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, morpolin-4-yl, and the like, can be prepared by reacting 3 with the heterocyclic ring where X 1 is halo or other suitable leaving group such as tosylate, triflate, mesylate and the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, pyridine, and the like.
  • Suitable solvents include, and are not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, DMF, and the like.
  • compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared by heating 3 with the heterocyclic ring in a suitable organic solvent such as THF, benzene, dioxane, toluene, alcohol or mixtures thereof, optionally in the presence of a base.
  • a suitable organic solvent such as THF, benzene, dioxane, toluene, alcohol or mixtures thereof, optionally in the presence of a base.
  • Compounds of formulae 4 and 5 are either commercially available or they can be prepared by methods well known in the art.
  • 3-hydroxy-5-arylpi ⁇ eridines can be prepared by the methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,387,230, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • 3-Hydroxy-5-arylpiperidines can be converted to hydroxy derivatives such as alkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy or hydroxyalkoxy under alkylation reaction conditions known in the art.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is a ring of formula (a), such as those shown in embodiments (i) — (iv) and (xv) above, may be prepared by standard synthetic methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Suzuki type coupling of the corresponding boronic acid with 4-bromo- cinnoline 3. (See, e.g., Miyaura and Suzuki, Chem. Rev. 95:2457-2483, 1995).
  • Such boronic acids are either commercially available (e.g., Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI), Lancaster Synthesis (Ward Hill, MA.), or Maybridge (Conrwall, UK)) or can readily be prepared from the corresponding bromides by methods described in the literature (see, e.g., Miyaura et al., Tetrahedron Letters 1979, 3437; N. Miyaura, A. Suzuki, Chem. Commun. 1979, 866).
  • Substituted indazoles useful to make compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is a ring as shown in embodiment (xi) above are either commercially available (e.g., Aldrich Chemical Co., Sinova, Inc. (Bethesda, MA) 5 J & W PharmLab, LLC (Morrisville, PA)) or can be prepared by methods commonly known within the art (see, for example, Synthesis of 1-Aryl-lH-indazoles via Palladium-Catalyzed Intramolecular Amination of Aryl Halides, Lebedev, A. Y.; Khartulyari, A. S.; Voskoboynikov, A. Z. J. Org. Chem.
  • indazoles wherein R 13 is heterocyclyl, for example, morpholine or N-methylpiperazine may be synthesized by Buchwald-type coupling of the corresponding bromoindazole with the desired heterocyclic compound.
  • the bromoindazoles may prepared as described in International Publication No. WO 2004/029050, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Copper catalyzed reaction of the appropriately substituted indazole with 4-bromocinnoline 3 provides the appropriate compound of Formula (I).
  • the bromoindazole undergoes palladium catalyzed reaction with 4-bromocinnoline 3 to provide 6,7-dimethoxy- 4-(bromo-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline.
  • Subsequent N-arylation reaction with, for example morpholine or N-methylpiperazine provides the desired compound of Formula I.
  • Suzuki-type reaction of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(bromo-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline • with aryl or heteroaryl boronic acids for example, phenylboronic acid or 4-pyridine boronic acid, gives the corresponding aryl or heteroaryl substituted indazole cinnoline of Formula (I).
  • methods for treating a disorder or disease treatable by inhibition of PDElO comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound as provided herein to a patient in need thereof to treat the disorder or disease.
  • the compounds of the present invention inhibit PDEl 0 enzyme activity and hence raise the levels of cAMP or cGMP within cells that express PDElO. Accordingly, inhibition of PDElO enzyme activity can be useful in the treatment of diseases caused by deficient amounts of cAMP or cGMP in cells.
  • PDElO inhibitors can be of benefit in cases wherein raising the amount of cAMP or cGMP above normal levels results in a therapeutic effect.
  • Inhibitors of PDElO can be used to treat disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, cardiovascular diseases, cancer, gastro-enterological diseases, endocrinological diseases and urological diseases.
  • Indications that may be treated with PDElO inhibitors include, but are not limited to, those diseases thought to be mediated in part by the basal ganglia, prefrontal cortex and hippocampus. These indications include psychoses, Parkinson's disease, dementias, obsessive compulsive disorder, tardive dyskinesia, choreas, depression, mood disorders, impulsivity, drug addiction, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), depression with parkinsonian states, personality changes with caudate or putamen disease, dementia and mania with caudate and pallidal diseases, and compulsions with pallidal disease.
  • ADHD attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder
  • Psychoses are characterized by delusions and hallucinations.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used in treating patients suffering from all forms of psychoses, including, but not limited to, schizophrenia, late-onset schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorders, prodromal schizophrenia, and bipolar disorders. Treatment can be for the positive symptoms of schizophrenia as well as for the cognitive deficits and negative symptoms.
  • Other indications for PDElO inhibitors include psychoses resulting from drug abuse (including amphetamines and PCP) 5 encephalitis, alcoholism, epilepsy, Lupus, sarcoidosis, brain tumors, multiple sclerosis, dementia with Lewy bodies, or hypoglycemia.
  • Other psychiatric disorders like posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and schizoid personality can also be treated with PDElO inhibitors.
  • Obsessive-compulsive disorder has been linked to deficits in the frontal-striatal neuronal pathways.
  • OCD Obsessive-compulsive disorder
  • Neurons in these pathways project to striatal neurons that express PDElO.
  • PDElO inhibitors cause cAMP to be elevated in these neurons; elevations in cAMP result in an increase in CREB phosphorylation and thereby improve the functional state of these neurons.
  • the compounds of the present invention can therefore be useful for the indication of OCD.
  • OCD may result, in some cases, from streptococcal infections that cause autoimmune reactions in the basal ganglia (Giedd et al., Am J Psychiatry. 57:281-3, 2000). Because PDElO inhibitors may serve a neuroprotective role, administration of PDElO inhibitors may prevent the damage to the basal ganglia after repeated streptococcal infections and thereby prevent the development of OCD.
  • cAMP or cGMP In the brain, the level of c AMP or cGMP within neurons is believed to be related to the quality of memory, especially long term memory. Without wishing to be bound to any particular mechanism, it is proposed that since PDElO degrades cAMP or cGMP, the level of this enzyme affects memory in animals, for example, in humans.
  • a compound that inhibits cAMP phosphodiesterase (PDE) can thereby increase intracellular levels of cAMP, which in turn activate a protein kinase that phosphorylates a transcription factor (cAMP response binding protein), which transcription factor then binds to a DNA promoter sequence to activate genes that are important in long term memory.
  • PDE cAMP phosphodiesterase
  • cAMP response binding protein a transcription factor response binding protein
  • Dementias are diseases that include memory loss and additional intellectual impairment separate from memory.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for treating patients suffering from memory impairment in all forms of dementia.
  • Dementias are classified according to their cause and include: neurodegenerative dementias (e.g., Alzheimer's, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Pick's disease), vascular (e.g., infarcts, hemorrhage, cardiac disorders), mixed vascular and Alzheimer's, bacterial meningitis, Creutzfeld- Jacob Disease, multiple sclerosis, traumatic (e.g., subdural hematoma or traumatic brain injury), infectious (e.g., HIV), genetic (down syndrome), toxic (e.g., heavy metals, alcohol, some medications), metabolic (e.g., vitamin B12 or folate deficiency), CNS hypoxia, Cushing's disease, psychiatric (e.g., depression and schizophrenia), and hydrocephalus.
  • neurodegenerative dementias e.g.,
  • the condition of memory impairment is manifested by impairment of the ability to learn new information and/or the inability to recall previously learned information.
  • the present invention provides methods for dealing with memory loss separate from dementia, including mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and age-related cognitive decline.
  • MCI mild cognitive impairment
  • the present invention provides methods of treatment for memory impairment as a result of disease.
  • Memory impairment is a primary symptom of dementia and can also be a symptom associated with such diseases as Alzheimer's disease, schizophrenia, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Pick's disease, Creutzfeld-Jakob disease, HIV, cardiovascular disease, and head trauma as well as ⁇ age-related cognitive decline.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used in the treatment of memory impairment due to, for example, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, amylolaterosclerosis (ALS), multiple systems atrophy (MSA), schizophrenia, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Pick's disease, Creutzfeld-Jakob disease, depression, aging, head trauma, stroke, spinal cord injury, CNS hypoxia, cerebral senility, diabetes associated cognitive impairment, memory deficits from early exposure of anesthetic agents, multiinfarct dementia and other neurological conditions including acute neuronal diseases, as well as HIV and cardiovascular diseases.
  • ALS amylolaterosclerosis
  • MSA multiple systems atrophy
  • schizophrenia Parkinson's disease
  • Huntington's disease Huntington's disease
  • Pick's disease Creutzfeld-Jakob disease
  • depression head trauma
  • stroke spinal cord injury
  • CNS hypoxia cerebral senility
  • diabetes associated cognitive impairment memory deficits from early exposure of anesthetic agents
  • multiinfarct dementia and other neurological conditions including acute neuron
  • the compounds of the present invention invention are also suitable for use in the treatment of a class of disorders known as polyglutamine-repeat diseases. These diseases share a common pathogenic mutation.
  • the expansion of a CAG repeat, which encodes the amino acid glutamine, within the genome leads to production of a mutant protein having an expanded polyglutamine region.
  • Huntington's disease has been linked to a mutation of the protein huntingtin. In individuals who do not have Huntington's disease, huntingtin has a polyglutamine region containing about 8 to 31 glutamine residues. For individuals who have Huntington's disease, huntingtin has a polyglutamine region with over 37 glutamine residues.
  • DRPLA dentatorubral-pallidoluysian atrophy
  • DRPLA atro ⁇ hin-1
  • spinocerebellar ataxia type-1 ataxin-1
  • spinocerebellar ataxia type-2 ataxin-2
  • spinocerebellar ataxia type-3 also called Machado-Joseph disease
  • MJD ataxin- 3
  • spinocerebellar ataxia type-6 alpha Ia- voltage dependent calcium channel
  • spinocerebellar ataxia type-7 ataxin-7
  • spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy SBMA, also know as Kennedy disease (androgen receptor).
  • the basal ganglia are important for regulating the function of motor neurons; disorders of the basal ganglia result in movement disorders. Most prominent among the movement disorders related to basal ganglia function is Parkinson's disease (Obeso JA et al., Neurology., 2004 Jan 13;62(1 Suppl l):S17-30). Other movement disorders related to dysfunction of the basla ganglia include tardive dyskinesia, progressive supranuclear palsy and cerebral palsy, corticobasal degeneration, multiple system atrophy, Wilson disease, and dystonia, tics, and chorea.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used to treat movement disorders related to dysfunction of basal ganglia neurons.
  • PDElO inhibitors can be used to raise cAMP or cGMP levels and prevent neurons from undergoing apoptosis.
  • PDElO inhibitors may be anti-inflammatory by raising cAMP in glial cells.
  • ALS amylolaterosclerosis
  • MSA multiple systems atrophy
  • Autoimmune diseases or infectious diseases that affect the basal ganglia may result in disorders of the basal ganglia including ADHD, OCD, tics, Tourette's disease, Sydenham chorea.
  • any insult to the brain can potentially damage the basal ganglia including strokes, metabolic abnormalities, liver disease, multiple sclerosis, infections, tumors, drug overdoses or side effects, and head trauma.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used to stop disease progression or restore damaged circuits in the brain by a combination of effects including increased synaptic plasticity, neurogenesis, anti-inflammatory, nerve cell regeneration and decreased apoptosis
  • the growth of some cancer cells is inhibited by cAMP and cGMP.
  • cells may become cancerous by expressing PDElO and reducing the amount of c AMP or cGMP within cells.
  • inhibition of PDElO activity may inhibit cell growth by raising cAMP.
  • PDElO may be expressed in the transformed, cancerous cell but not in the parent cell line.
  • PDElO inhibitors reduce the growth rate of the cells in culture.
  • breast cancer cells are inhibited by administration of PDElO inhibitors.
  • compounds disclosed in this invention can be used to stop the growth of cancer cells that express PDElO.
  • the compounds of the invention can also be suitable for use in the treatment of diabetes and related disorders such as obesity, by focusing on regulation of the cAMP signaling system.
  • PDE-IOA activity By inhibiting PDE-IOA activity, intracellular levels of cAMP are increased, thereby increasing the release of insulin-containing secretory granules and, therefore, increasing insulin secretion.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) can also be used to treat diseases disclosed in U.S. Patent application publication No. 2006/019975, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the PDElO inhibitory activities of the compounds of the present invention can be tested, for example, using the in vitro or in vivo assays described in working Examples 21 and 22 below.
  • the compounds provided herein can be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities.
  • the actual amount of the compound of this invention, i.e., the active ingredient may depend upon numerous factors such as the severity of the disease to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, and other factors.
  • Therapeutically effective amounts of compounds of formula (I) may range from approximately 0.1-1000 mg per day; preferably 0.5 to 250 mg/day, more preferably 3.5 mg to 70 mg per day.
  • compounds of this invention may be administered as pharmaceutical compositions by any one of the following routes: oral, systemic (e.g., transdermal, intranasal or by suppository), or parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous) administration.
  • routes e.g., oral, systemic (e.g., transdermal, intranasal or by suppository), or parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous) administration.
  • the preferred manner of administration is oral using a convenient daily dosage regimen which can be adjusted according to the degree of affliction.
  • Compositions can take the form of tablets, pills, capsules, semisolids, powders, sustained release formulations, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, aerosols, or any other appropriate compositions.
  • [00161] The choice of formulation depends on various factors such as the mode of drug administration (e.g., for oral administration, formulations in the form of tablets, pills or capsules are preferred) and the bioavailability of the drug substance.
  • pharmaceutical formulations have been developed especially for drugs that show poor bioavailability based upon the principle that bioavailability can be increased by increasing the surface area i.e., decreasing particle size.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,107,288 describes a pharmaceutical formulation having particles in the size range from 10 to 1,000 run in which the active material is supported on a crosslinked matrix of macromolecules.
  • 5,145,684 describes the production of a pharmaceutical formulation in which the drug substance is pulverized to nanoparticles (average particle size of 400 nm) in the presence of a surface modifier and then dispersed in a liquid medium to give a pharmaceutical formulation that exhibits remarkably high bioavailability.
  • compositions are comprised of, in general, a compound of formula (I) in combination with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Acceptable excipients are non-toxic, aid administration, and do not adversely affect the therapeutic benefit of the compound of formula (I).
  • excipient may be any solid, liquid, semi-solid or, in the case of an aerosol composition, gaseous excipient that is generally available to one of skill in the art.
  • Solid pharmaceutical excipients include starch, cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like.
  • Liquid and semisolid excipients may be selected from glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc.
  • Preferred liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions include water, saline, aqueous dextrose, and glycols.
  • Compressed gases may be used to disperse a compound of this invention in aerosol form.
  • Inert gases suitable for this purpose are nitrogen, carbon dioxide, etc.
  • Other suitable pharmaceutical excipients and their formulations are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, edited by E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Company, 18th ed., 1990).
  • the level of the compound in a formulation can vary within the full range employed by those skilled in the art.
  • the formulation will contain, on a weight percent (wt %) basis, from about 0.01-99.99 wt % of a compound of formula (I) based on the total formulation, with the balance being one or more suitable pharmaceutical excipients.
  • the compound is present at a level of about 1-80 wt %.
  • the compounds can be administered as the sole active agent or in combination with other pharmaceutical agents such as other agents used in the treatment of psychoses, especially schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, cognitive impairment and/or memory loss, e.g., nicotinic ⁇ -7 agonists, PDE4 inhibitors, other PDElO inhibitors, calcium channel blockers, muscarinic ml and m2 modulators, adenosine receptor modulators, ampakines, NMDA-R modulators, mGluR modulators, dopamine modulators, ' serotonin modulators, canabinoid modulators, and cholinesterase inhibitors (e.g., donepezil, rivastigimine. and galanthanamine).
  • each active ingredient can be administered either in accordance with their usual dosage range or a dose below their usual dosage range and can be administered either simultaneously or sequentially.
  • Drugs suitable in combination with the compounds of the present invention include, but not limited to, other suitable schizophrenia drugs such as Clozaril, Zyprexa, Risperidone, and Seroquel; bipolar disorder drugs such as Lithium, Zyprexa, and Depakote, Parkinson's disease drugs such as Levodopa, Parlodel, Permax, Mirapex, Tasmar, Contan, Kemadin, Artane, and Cogentin; agents used in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease such as, but not limited to, Reminyl, Cognex, Aricept, Exelon, Akatinol, Neo tropin, Eldepryl, Estrogen and Cliquinol; agents used in the treatment of dementia such as, but not limited to, Thioridazine, Haloperidol, Risperidone, Cognex, Aricept, and Exelon;agents used in the treatment of epilepsy such as, but not limited to, Dilantin, Luminol, Te
  • Preparative HPLC was performed on 30 mm x 100 mm Xtera
  • Prep RP is 5 ⁇ columns using an 8 min gradient of 95/5 to 20/80 water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1 % formic acid) unless otherwise stated.
  • Step 1 Into a 1000 mL 4-necked round bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen containing a solution of AICI 3 (160.2 g, 1.20 mol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (50 mL) was added a solution of anisole (64.8 g, 599.44 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (50 mL) dropwise with stirring at 0 0 C over a 30 minute period. This was followed by the drop-wise addition of a solution of 2-bromopropanoyl chloride (128.5 g, 749.71 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (200 mL) with stirring at 0 0 C over 60 minutes.
  • AICI 3 160.2 g, 1.20 mol
  • anisole 64.8 g, 599.44 mmol
  • the resulting solution was stirred for 0.5 hours at 0 0 C and then for 2 hours at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of 1000 mL of HCl/H 2 O/ice and then extracted three times with CH 2 CI 2 , the organic fractions were combined, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 1:100 EtOAc/PE as eluant to provide 25 g of crude 2-bromo- l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one as yellow oil.
  • Step 2 2-Bromo-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one (12 g, 49.36 mmol), dibenzylamine (19.4 g, 98.33 mmol), acetone (600 mL) and KI (370 mg, 2.23 mmol) were combined in a 1000 mL round bottom flask and stirried for 3 days at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 1 :100 EtOAc/PE as ehiant to provide 12.8 g (58%) of 2- (dibenzylamino)-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one as a white solid.
  • Step 3 Into a 100 mL round bottom flask purged, flushed and maintained with a hydrogen atmosphere was added 2-(dibenzylamino)-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one (3 g, 8.34 mmol), Pd/C (3 g), EtOH (75 mL) and HCl (0.6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to provide 1.4 g of 2-amino- 1 -(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l -ol as a white solid.
  • Step 4 Into a mixture of 2-amino-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-ol (3.1 g,
  • Step 1 l-(2-Amino-4 5 5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanone (15.60 g, 79.91 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated hydrogen chloride in water (555 mL) and water (78 tnL). The mixture was cooled to -5° C and a solution of sodium nitrite (5.55 g, 80.4 mmol) in water (20 mL) was added over a period of 45 minutes. The mixture was stirred for an additional 1 h at 0° C and then warmed to 60-75° C for 4 h. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature using an ice bath and the resulting precipitate was collected via filtration.
  • Step 2 To a solution of 6,7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-ol (2.00 g, 9.70 mmol, prepared as described above in step 1) in chloroform (20 mL) was added phosphorus oxybromide (12.2 g, 0.0426 mol). Brief solvation was observed for 10 minutes after addition of the phosphorus oxybromide then a suspension formed. The mixture was stirred for 8 h at room temperature, and was then heated to reflux for 18h. The mixture was poured onto crushed ice (resulting in gas evolution), warmed to room temperature (giving a volume of around 125 mL) and neutralized to ⁇ pH 7 with saturated sodium acetate.
  • the reaction mixture was flushed through an SCX column, washed with methanol and eluted with 2.0 M ammonia/methanol.
  • the product was purified by silica gel chromatography on a 40 g column using a gradient going from 100% CH 2 Cl 2 to 50% (8: 1 :1 CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH/7M NH 3 in MeOH)/CH 2 Cl 2 as elutant to provide l-(6,7- dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)piperidin-4-amine.
  • Step 1 n-Butyllithium (0.13 g 5 0.0020 mol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes to a chilled (-30 0 C) solution of lH-indazole-3-carboxylic acid (0.162 g 5 0.999 mmol) in ⁇ iV-dimethylacetamide (3 mL).
  • Step 2 A mixture of 1 -(6,7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)- 1 H-indazole-3 - carboxylic acid (30 mg, 0.08 mmol, prepared as in Step 1 above), cyclopropylamine (0.00978 g, 0.171 mol), N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide (21.4 ⁇ L), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (5.8 mg, 0.043 mol), and N,N-dimethylformarnide (2.00 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 8- h. The solvent was then evaporated.
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 10:90 to 80:20 acetonitrile:water with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min) to give 0.031 g of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-lH-indazol-l-yl]cinnoline (11 % yield).
  • Step l Into a 5 mL microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (250 mg, 0.743 mmol, prepared as described in Example 1 above), 6- bromo-lH-indazole (219.1 mg, 1.112 mmol), copper(I) iodide (18 mg, 0.093 mmol), potassium carbonate (258.4 mg, 1.870 mmol), N,N'-dimethyl-l,2-ethanediamine (40 ⁇ L) and toluene (1 mL) The resulting dark, olive-green colored suspension was heated at 115 0 C for 24 h.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (using a gradient of 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 100% hexanes) to give 0.342 g of 4-(6-bromo-lH-indazol-l- yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (95.6 % yield) which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 Into a 10 ml sealed microwave tube was added 4-(6-bromo-lH- indazol-l-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (100 mg, 0.260 mmol, prepared as described in step 1 above, morpholine (34.0 ⁇ L, 0.389 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL), tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (24 mg, 0.026 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-4,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (22 mg, 0.039 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (74.8 mg, 0.779 mmol), and the resulting mixture was heated to 70 0 C for 12 h.
  • 4-(6-bromo-lH- indazol-l-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline 100 mg, 0.260 mmol, prepared as described in step 1 above,
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 10:90 to 80:20 acetonitrile: water with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min) to give 6 mg of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(6- morpholin-4-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline (6 % yield).
  • Step 1 w-Butyllithium (0.0704 g, 1.10 mmol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes to a chilled (-30 0 C) solution of 4-bromo-lH-indazole (0.197 g, 1.00 mmol) in N 5 N- dimethylacetamide (3 mL). To this was added a mixture of tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (0.04 g, 0.05 mmol), 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (0.269 g, 1.00 mmol) and triethylamine (420 ⁇ L) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (3 mL).
  • Tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL) and ether (0.1 mL) were then added and removed in vacuo to give 56.8 mg of 4-(2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline as a yellow solid (which contained 1.7 wt % tetrahydrofuran by 1 H NMR).
  • the product was further purified by separating a dichloromethane solution of the crude product on a Berger Mini-Gram (4.6 mm x 250 mm pyridine column with an isocratic 6.0 min run of 10 % methanol with 0.1% 1,2-dimethoxyethane and a flow rate of 9.9 mL/min. 8.7 mg (S.I % yield).
  • the solution was filtered through celite, and the solution was adjusted to apH of approximately 11-12, resulting a cloud yellow emulsion.
  • the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (1 x 20 mL) and the organics were washed with an aqueous saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (1 x 15 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford an orange oil.
  • the flocculent brown precipitate was extracted with warm acetonitrile (20 mL) and the solution was filtered through celite and then concentrated.
  • the combined products were purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 20-80% acetonitrile: water with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min).
  • the organic layer was then loaded onto an SCX column (0.5g).
  • the SCX column was rinsed approximately 2 mL of methanol and the product was eluted using 2 M ammonia in methanol (70 mL). Volatiles were removed in vacuo to afford 23.6 mg of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(3-phenylpyrrolidin-l-yl)cinnoline as a yellow-green solid (19.6% yield).
  • the crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 10:90 to 80:20 acetonitrilerwater with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min).
  • the product was further purified on a Berger SFC Minigram instrument using 10 % methanol (with 0.4% dimethylethylamine) modifier on a pyridine column (7.8 x 250 mm) at a pressure of 120 bar, a flow rate of 9.9 mL/min and a column temperature of 35 0 C, to afford 11 mg of 4-[5- (benzyloxy)-lH-indazol-l-yl]-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (3.2% yield), m/z 413 (M + + 1). [00216] The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner to Example 9 using different starting materials:
  • Racemic 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(2-phenylmorpholin-4-yl)cinnoline was prepared as described in Example 7 above. Resolution of this compound into the two enantiomeric forms was accomplished as follows.
  • Racemic 1 '-(6,7-dirnethoxycinnolin-4-yl)- 1 ,3 '-bipiperidin-2-one was prepared as described above in Example 7. Using a similar resolution procedure (5.9 min run of 40 % methanol with 0.5 % dimethoxyethane), the fraction collected between 3.7 and 4.4 min contained 12.7 mg of (S' ⁇ -r-C ⁇ J-dimethoxycinnolin ⁇ -yO-l ⁇ '-bipiperidin ⁇ -one (99+ % enantiomeric excess), LC/MS (EI) t R 3.35 min (Method B), m/z 371.2 (M + +!).
  • the material was diluted in 100 mL of 5% MeOH in DCM and filtered through a pad a celite and washed with DCM. The combined filtrate was collected and washed with 2 x 30 mL of brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the crude product was purified by Cl 8 reverse phase preparative HPLC using CH 3 CNrHaQ with 0.1% formic acid as solvent system in a gradient elution going from 10:90 to 80:20 at a flow rate of 45 mL/minute to provide 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(5-pyridin-4-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline.
  • reaction mixture was heated to 50 0 C for 18h and then was loaded onto a 1Og SCX column and pushed through with MeOH (1 volume). Elution with NH 3 in MeOH, followed by concentration on the rotovap provided the crude product. Purification by rotary chromatography using a gradient elution going from 100% chloroform to 10% methanol in chloroform provided 51 mg of 4-(3-benzylpyrrolidin-l-yl)- 6,7-dimethoxycinnoline.
  • the resulting brown suspension was stirred at 50 0 C overnight and turned to red-pink suspension by morning.
  • the reaction was monitored by LC/MS and upon completion was loaded onto a 1.76 g SCX column, rinsed with methanol (30 mL, 0.7 mol) and product was eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in methanol ( ⁇ 10 mL) and concentrated (rotovap).
  • the product was purified on a Cl 8 preparative HPLC column (30 x 100 mm) using a gradient of CH 3 CNrH 2 O (with 0.1% formic acid) going from 20% CH3CN to 80% CH 3 CN over 8 minutes and a flow rate of 45 mL/min.
  • Step 1 A solution of 4-bromo-lH-indazole (0.197 g, 1.00 mmol) in 3 mL of
  • DMA was stirred with n-butyl lithium (0.0704 g, 1.10 mmol) at -30 0 C for 30 minutes.
  • a mixture of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycin ⁇ oline (0.269 g, 1.00 mmol) and triethylamine (420 uL, 3.0 mmol) in 3 mL of DMA was added and the temperature of the reaction mixture was raised to 25 0 C for 5 minutes and then to 85 0 C for 12 hours.
  • the reaction was monitored by LC/MS. Upon completion, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was diluted with 100 mL of 10% MeOH/DCM and filtered through celite.
  • the compound was purified on a Cl 8 preparative HPLC column (30x100 mm) using acetonitrile in water (with 0.1% formic acid) in a gradient fashion going from 20% CH 3 CN to 80 % CH 3 CN with a flow rate of 45 mL/min. Detection was performed at wavelength 325 nm and the product was collected from 4.8 to 5.0 minutes.
  • the material was loaded onto an SCX column, rinsed with one column volume of MeOH and eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in methanol (10 mL). Removal of the solvent (rotovap) and drying under reduced pressure provided 9.9 mg of 4-(6,7- dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)-6-(3-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-3-one as a light yellow solid.
  • Step l A mixture of 6-(benzyloxy)-7-methoxy-4-[2-(4- methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl]cinnoline (70.0 mg, 0.153 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (5.00 mL, 64.9 mmol) and anisole (0.500 mL, 4.60 mmol) was sealed in a microwave tube and heated to 100 0 C for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue was treated with 3 mL of 2M KOH in 85% MeOH and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The pH was adjusted to 6 by the addition of acetic acid.
  • the resulting yellow-brown suspension was warmed to 50 0 C for 20.0 hours with stirring, cooled to room temperature for 2-3 hours and filtered through celite rinsing with 30 mL of 10% MeOH in DCM.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC on a Cl 8 column (30x100 mm) using 15% CH 3 CN and 85% water with 0.1% formic acid for 4.0 min, followed by a gradient going from 15% CH 3 CN to 80% CH 3 CN in water with 0.1% formic acid with a flow rate of 45 mL/min. Detection was performed at a wavelength of 387 nm and the product was collected from 2.25 to 3.0 minutes.
  • the material was loaded onto an SCX column (0.6Og), washed with one column volume of MeOH. (yellow band at top of column), eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in methanol (8 mL) and concentrated.
  • the product was further purified on a Berger SFC Mini-Gram using a 10.0mm x 250mm pyridine column using 15.0% MeOH with 0.1% DME in CO 2 (I) as eluant with a flow rate of 9.9 mL/min and total run time of 5.0 minutes. 8OuL injections were run in sequence until all material was consumed.
  • the material was purified by rotary chromatography using a gradient elution going from 100% chloroform to 10% methanol in chloroform to provide 6,7-dimethoxy-4-[2- (4-methoxyphenyl)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]cinnoline as a reddish foam.
  • Enzyme Activity To analyze the enzyme activity, 5 ⁇ L of serial diluted mPDE10A7 containing lysate were incubated with equal volumes of diluted (100-fold) fluorescein labeled cAMP or cGMP for 30 minutes in MDC HE 96-well assay plates at room temperature. Both the enzyme and the substrates were diluted in the following assay buffer: Tris/HCl (pH 8.0) 50 mM, MgCl 2 5 mM, 2-mercaptoethanol 4 mM, BSA 0.33 mg/mL. After incubation, the reaction was stopped by adding 20 ⁇ L of diluted (400-fold) binding reagents and was incubated for an hour at room temperature. The plates were counted in an Analyst GT (Molecular Devices) for fluorescence polarization. An IMAP Assay kit (Molecular Device) was used to assess enzyme properties of mPDE10A7. Data were analyzed with SoftMax Pro.
  • Enzyme Inhibition To check the inhibition profile, 10 ⁇ L of serial diluted compounds were incubated with 30 ⁇ l of diluted PDE enzymes in a 96-well polystyrene assay plate for 30 minutes at room temperature. After incubation, 5 ⁇ L of the compound-enzyme mixture were aliquoted into a MDC HE black plate, mixed with 5 ⁇ l of 100-fold diluted fluorescein labeled substrates (cAMP or cGMP), and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was stopped by adding 20 ⁇ L of diluted binding reagents and counted in an Analyst GT for fluorescence polarization. The data were analyzed with SSoftMax Pro. The ICso values of representative compounds of this invention are shown in Tables 3 and 4 below.
  • Example 22 Apomorphine Induced Deficits in Prepulse Inhibition of the Startle Response in Rats, an in vivo Test for Antipsychotic Activity
  • the thought disorders that are characteristic of schizophrenia may result from an inability to filter, or gate, sensorimotor information.
  • the ability to gate sensorimotor information can be tested in many animals as well as in humans.
  • a test that is commonly used is the reversal of apomorphine-induced deficits in the prepulse inhibition of the startle response.
  • the startle response is a reflex to a sudden intense stimulus such as a burst of noise.
  • rats are exposed to a sudden burst of noise, at a level of 120 db for 40 msec, e.g. the reflex activity of the rats is measured.
  • the reflex of the rats to the burst of noise may be attenuated by preceding the startle stimulus with a stimulus of lower intensity, at 3 to 12 db above background (65 db), which will attenuate the startle reflex by 20 to 80%.
  • the prepulse inhibition of the startle reflex may be attenuated by drugs that affect receptor signaling pathways in the CNS.
  • drugs that affect receptor signaling pathways in the CNS One commonly used drug is the dopamine receptor agonist apomorphine.
  • Administration of apomorphine will reduce the inhibition of the startle reflex produced by the prepulse.
  • Antipsychotic drugs such as haloperidol will prevent apomorphine from reducing the prepulse inhibition of the startle reflex.
  • This assay may be used to test the antipsychotic efficacy of PDElO inhibitors. Representative compounds provided herein were tested and determined to reduce the apomorphine-induced deficit in the prepulse inhibition of startle.

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is directed to certain cinnoline compounds of formula (I) that are PDE10 inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and process for preparing such compounds. The invention is also directed to methods of treating diseases treatable by modulation of PDE10 enzyme, such as obesity, non-insulin dependent diabetes, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and the like.

Description

CIlSfNOLINE DERIVATIVES AS PHOSPHODIESTERASE 10 INHIBITORS
CROSS-REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims the benefit of US Patent Applications
Nos. 60/774,656, filed on February 21, 2006, and 60/775,794, filed on February 23, 2006, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention is directed to certain cinnoline compounds that are
PDElO inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and processes for preparing such compounds. This invention is also directed to uses for a compound as provided herein, for example in medicaments and in methods for treating disorders or diseases treatable by inhibition of PDElO enzyme, such as obesity, non-insulin dependent diabetes, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and the like.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Neurotransmitters and hormones, as well as other types of extracellular signals such as light and odors, create intracellular signals by altering the amounts of cyclic nucleotide monophosphates (cAMP and cGMP) within cells. These intracellular messengers alter the functions of many intracellular proteins. Cyclic AMP regulates the activity of cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA). PKA phosphorylates and regulates the function of many types of proteins, including ion channels, enzymes, and transcription factors. Downstream mediators of cGMP signaling also include kinases and ion channels. In addition to actions mediated by kinases, cAMP and cGMP bind directly to some cell proteins and directly regulate their activity.
[0004] Cyclic nucleotides are produced from the actions of adenylyl cyclase and guanylyl cyclase which convert ATP to cAMP and GTP to cGMP. Extracellular signals, often through the actions of G protein-coupled receptors, regulate the activity of the cyclases. Alternatively, the amount of cAMP and cGMP may be altered by regulating the activity of the enzymes that degrade cyclic nucleotides. Cell homeostasis is maintained by the rapid degradation of cyclic nucleotides after stimulus-induced increases. The enzymes that degrade cyclic nucleotides are called 3',5'-cyclic nucleotide-specific phosphodiesterases (PDEs). [0005] Eleven PDE gene families (PDEl-PDEl 1) have been identified based on their distinct amino acid sequences, catalytic and regulatory characteristics, and sensitivity to small molecule inhibitors. These families are coded for by 21 genes; and further multiple splice variants are transcribed from many of these genes. Expression patterns of each of the gene families are distinct. PDEs differ with respect to their affinity for cAMP and cGMP. Activities of different PDEs are regulated by different signals. For example, PDE 1 is stimulated by Ca2+/calmodulin. PDE 2 activity is stimulated by cGMP. PDE 3 is inhibited by cGMP. PDE 4 is cAMP specific and is specifically inhibited by rolipram. PDE 5 is cGMP- specific. PDE6 is expressed in retina.
[0006] PDElO sequences were first identified by using bioinformatics and sequence information from other PDE gene families (Fujishige et al., J. Biol. Chem. 274:18438-18445," 1999; Loughney et al., Gene 234: 109-117, 1999; Soderling et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA 96:7071-7076, 1999). The PDElO gene family is distinguished based on its amino acid sequence, functional properties and tissue distribution. The human PDElO gene is large, over 200 kb, with up to 24 exons coding for each of the splice variants. The amino acid sequence is characterized by two GAF domains (which bind cGMP), a catalytic region, and alternatively spliced N and C termini. Numerous splice variants are possible because of at least three alternative exons encode N termini and two exons encode C termini. PDElOAl is a 779 amino acid protein that hydrolyzes both cAMP and cGMP. The Kn, values for cAMP and cGMP are 0.05 and 3.0 micromolar, respectively. In addition to human variants, several variants with high homology have been isolated from both rat and mouse tissues and sequence banks.
[0007] PDElO RNA transcripts were initially detected in human testis and brain.
Subsequent immunohistochemical analysis revealed that the highest levels of PDElO are expressed in the basal ganglia. Specifically, striatal neurons in the olfactory tubercle, caudate nucleus and nucleus accumbens are enriched in PDElO. Western blots did not reveal the expression of PDElO in other brain tissues, although immunprecipitation of the PDElO complex was possible in hippocampal and cortical tissues. This suggests that the expression level of PDElO in these other tissues is 100-fold less than in striatal neurons. Expression in hippocampus is limited to the cell bodies, whereas PDElO is expressed in terminals, dendrites and axons of striatal neurons.
[0008] The tissue distribution of PDElO indicates that PDElO inhibitors can be used to raise levels of cAMP and/or cGMP within cells that express the PDElO enzyme, for example, in neurons that comprise the basal ganglia and therefore would be useful in treating a variety of neuropsychiatric conditions involving the basal ganglia such as obesity, non- insulin dependent diabetes, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder, and the like.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0009] In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein:
R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or haloalkyl; and
R3 is:
(i) a ring of formula (a)
Figure imgf000004_0002
(a) where A is a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring and the ring of formula (a) is substituted with:
R4 where R4 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR7 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR8CO-, -CONR9-, -NR10-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR11SO2-, or -SO2NR12- where R8, R9, R10, R11 and R12 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R7 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R5 and R6 where R5 and R6 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfϊnyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R4, R5, R6, and R7 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Ra, Rb, and Rc which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfϊnyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rd and Re where Rd and Re are independently hydrogen or fluoro; (ii) a ring of formula (b) or (c):
Figure imgf000005_0001
(b) (c) where:
X1, X2, and X3 are independently carbon, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur provided that at least two of X!, X2, and X3 are other than carbon;
X4, Xs, X6 and X7 are independently carbon or nitrogen provided that at least two of X4, X5, X6 and X7 are other than carbon; and
B and C are phenyl, a five- or six-membered heteroaryl ring (wherein the five-membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur and the six-membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two nitrogen atoms, the rest of the ring atoms being carbon), or a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring; and wherein rings of formulae (b) and (c) are substituted with:
R13 where R13 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR17CO-, -CONR18-, -NR19-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR20SO2-, or -SO2NR21- where R17, R18, R19, R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and R14 and R15 where R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R13, R14, R15. and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rf, R8, and Rh which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfϊnyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R1 and RJ where R1 and RJ are independently hydrogen or fluoro;
(iii) a monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with:
R22 where R22 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR25 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, - NR26CO-, -CONR27-, -NR28-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR29SO2-, or -SO2NR30- where R26, R27, R28, R29 and R30 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R25 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R23 and R24 where R23 and R24 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfϊnyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, R24, and R25 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rk, R , and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfϊnyl, aminosulfonyl, amino, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rn and R0 where Rn and R0 are independently hydrogen or fluoro; or
(iv) pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, or 2,4-dioxoimidazolidinyl substituted with:
R31 where R31 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR34 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR35CO-, -CONR36-, -NR37-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR38SO2-, or -SO2NR39- where R35, R36, R37, R38 and R39 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R34 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R32 and R33 where R32 and R33 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R31, R32, R33, and R34 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rp, Rq, and Rr which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rs and R' where Rs and R1 are independently hydrogen or fluoro. [0010] In some embodiments, provided herein is a compound of Formula (I) as described above, or an individual stereoisomer, mixtures of stereoisomers, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (I), provided that:
(i) the compound of Formula (I) is not 4-(4-(3-chlorophenyl)piperazin-l- yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline; 4-(4-(benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline;
(ii) when R3 is pyrrolidin-1 -yl, R31 is not -XR34 where X is -O- and R34 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
(iii) when R3 is piperidin-1-yl, one of R23 and R24 is hydrogen, and R22 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then the other of R23 and R24 is not hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, cyano, hydroxyl, alkoxy, -COR, -CONRR1 or -NRR' (where R and R1 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or unsubstituted aryl), or -NHCOR (where R is alkyl or unsubstituted aryl); and
(iv) when R3 is piperidin-l-yl, R23 and R24 are both hydrogen or one of R23 and R24 is hydrogen and the other of R23 and R24 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then R22 is not -COR25 (where R25 is unsubstituted aryl), -COOR25 (where R25 is unsubstituted aryl), -CONR25R27, -NR25R28 or -NHCOR2S (where R27 and R28 are hydrogen, alkyl, or unsubstituted aryl, and each R25 is unsubstituted aryl). [0011] In some embodiments, provided herein is a compound of Formula (I) as described above, or an individual stereoisomer, mixtures of stereoisomers, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, provided that:
(i) the compound of Formula (I) is not 4-(4-(3-chlorophenyl)piperazin-l- yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline; 4-(4-(benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline; • •
(ii) when R3 is pyrrolidin-1 -yl, R31 is not -XR34 where X is -O- and R34 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
(iii) when R3 is piperidin-1-yl, one of R23 and R24 is hydrogen, and R22 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then the other of R23 and R24 is not hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, cyano, hydroxyl, alkoxy, -COR, -CONRR' or -NRR' (where R and R' are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl), or -NHCOR (where R is alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl); and
(iv) when R3 is piperidin-1-yl, R23 and R24 are both hydrogen or one of R23 and R24 is hydrogen and the other of R23 and R24 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then R22 is not -COR25 (where R25 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl), -COOR25 (where R25 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl), -CONR25R27, -NR25R28 or -NHCOR25 (where R27 and R28 are hydrogen, alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and each R25 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl). [0012] In one aspect, this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0013] In another aspect, this invention is directed to a method of treating a disorder treatable by inhibition of PDElO in a patient which method comprises administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Within this aspect, the disease is obesity, non-insulin dependent diabetes, Huntington's disease, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or obsessive- compulsive disorder. [0014] In yet another aspect, this invention is directed the use of a compound of
Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disorder treatable by inhibition of PDElO in a patient. Within this aspect, in one embodiment the disorder is obesity, non-insulin dependent diabetes, Huntington's disease, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or obsessive- compulsive disorder. [0015] It will be readily apparent to a person skilled in the art that the pharmaceutical composition or the medicament could contain one or more compounds of Formula (I) (including individual stereoisomer, mixtures of stereoisomers where the compound of Formula (I) has at least a stereochemical centre), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or mixtures thereof.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definitions
[0016] Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification and claims are defined for the purposes of this Application and have the following meanings. [0017] "Alkyl" means a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, butyl (including all isomeric forms), pentyl (including all isomeric forms), and the like. [0018] "Alicyclic" means a non-aromatic ring, e.g, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring. [0019] "Alkylene" means a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms unless otherwise stated, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene,
1-methylpropylene, 2-methylpropylene, butyl ene, pentylene, and the like.
10020] "Alkylthio" means a -SR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
[0021] "Alkylsulfonyl" means a -SO2R radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, and the like.
[0022] "Amino" means a -NH2.
[0023] "Alkylamino" means a -NHR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, or 2-propylamino, and the like.
[0024] "Alkoxy" means an -OR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or 2-propoxy, n-, iso-, or tert-butoxy, and the like.
[0025] "Alkoxycarbonyl" means a -C(O)OR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxy carbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and the like.
[0026] "Alkoxycarbonylalkyl" means an -(alkylene)-C(O)OR radical where R is alkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonyl ethyl, and the like.
[0027] " Alkoxyalkyl" means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbons substituted with at least one alkoxy group, preferably one or two alkoxy groups, as defined above, e.g., 2-methoxyethyl, 1-, 2-, or 3-methoxypropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, and the like.
[0028] "Alkoxyalkyloxy" means a -OR radical where R is alkoxyalkyl as defined above, e.g., methoxyethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, and the like.
[0029] " Aminoalkyl" means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbons substituted with at least one, preferably one or two, -NRR1 where R is hydrogen, alkyl, or
-CORa where Ra is alkyl, and R' is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, or haloalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g, aminomethyl, methylaminoethyl, 2-ethylamino-2-methylethyl, 1,3-diaminopropyl, dimethylaminomethyl, diethylaminoethyl, acetylaminopropyl, and the like.
[0030] "Aminoalkoxy" means an -OR radical where R is aminoalkyl as defined above, e.g., 2-aminoethoxy, 2-dimethylaminopropoxy, and the like.
[0031] "Aminocarbonyl" means a -CONRR' radical where R is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl and R' is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., -CONH2, methylaminocarbonyl, 2-dimethylaminocarbonyl, and the like.
[0032] "Aminosulfonyl" means a — SO2NRR' radical where R is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl and R' is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., -SO2NH2, methylaminosulfonyl, 2-dimethylaminosulfonyl, and the like.
[0033] "Aminosulfinyl" means a — SONRR' radical where R is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl and R' is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., -CONH2, methylaminosulfϊnyl, 2-dimethylaminosuIfmyI, and the like.
[0034] "Acyl" means a -COR radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., acetyl, propionyl, benzoyl, pyridinylcarbonyl, and the like. When
R is alkyl, the radical is also referred to herein as alkylcarbonyl.
[0035] "Acylamino" means a -NHCOR radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., acetylamino, propionylamino, and the like.
[0036] "Aryl" means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical of 6 to 12 ring atoms e.g., phenyl, naphthyl or anthracenyl.
[0037] "Aralkyl" means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is aryl as defined above.
[0038] "Cycloalkyl" means a cyclic saturated monovalent bridged or non-bridged hydrocarbon radical of three to ten carbon atoms, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or adamantyl, and the like.
[0039] Cycloalkylalkyl" means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is cycloalkyl as defined above; e.g., cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, or cyclohexylmethyl, and the like. ;
[0040] "Cycloalkyloxy" means an -OR radical where R is cycloalkyl as defined, e.g., cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
[0041] Cycloalkylalkyloxy" means an —OR radical where R is cycloalkylalkyl as defined above, e.g., cyclopropylmethyloxy, cyclobutylmethyloxy, cyclopentylethyloxy, cyclohexylmethyloxy, and the like.
[0042] "Carboxy" means -COOH. [0043] "Disubstituted amino" means a - NRR' radical where R and R' are independently alkyl, acyl, sulfonyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each as defined herein defined above, e.g., dimethylamino, phenylmethylamino, and the like. When R and R' are alkyl, the -NRR' radical may are also be referred to herein as dialkylamino. [0044] "Halo" means fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo, preferably fluoro or chloro.
[0045] "Haloalkyl" means alkyl substituted with one or more halogen atoms, preferably one to five halogen atoms, preferably fluorine or chlorine, including those substituted with different halogens, e.g., -CH2Cl, -CF3, -CHF2, -CF2CF3, -CF(CH3)I2, and the like.
[0046] "Haloalkoxy" means an -OR radical where R is haloalkyl as defined above, e.g., -OCF3, -OCHF2, and the like.
[0047] "Hydroxy alkyl" means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbons substituted with one or two hydroxy groups, provided that if two hydroxy groups are present they are not both on the same carbon atom. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyρropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-hydroxyethyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl, 3,4-dihydroxybutyl and 2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypropyl, preferably 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, and l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-hydroxyethyl.
[0048] "Hydroxyalkoxy" or "hydroxyalkyloxy" means an -OR radical where R is " hydroxyalkyl as defined above.
[0049] "Heterocyclyl" means a saturated or unsaturated monovalent monocyclic group of 3 to 8 ring atoms in which one or two ring atoms are heteroatom independently selected from N, O, and S(O)n, where n is an integer from 0 to 2, the remaining ring atoms being C. Additionally, one or two ring carbon atoms can optionally be replaced by a -CO- group and the heterocyclic ring may be fused to phenyl or heteroaryl ring, provided that the heterocyclic ring is not aromatic. Unless stated otherwise, the fused heterocyclyl ring can be attached at any ring atom. More specifically the term heterocyclyl includes, but is not limited to, pyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, morpholino, piperazino, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholino, and the like. When the heterocyclyl ring has five, six or seven ring atoms and is not fused to phenyl or heteroaryl ring, it may be referred to herein as "monocyclic five- six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring or five- six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring". When the heterocyclyl ring is unsaturated it can contain one or two double bonds provided that the ring is not aromatic.
[0050] "Heterocyclylalkyl" means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is heterocyclyl ring as defined above, e.g., tetraydrofuranylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
[0051] "Heteroaryl" means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms where one or more, preferably one, two, or three, ring atoms are heteroatom independently selected from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon.
[0052] "Heteroaralkyl" means an -(alkylene)-R radical where R is heteroaryl as defined above.
[0053] "Methylenedioxy" means -0-CH2-O-.
[0054] "Monosubstituted amino" means an -NHR radical where R is alkyl, acyl, sulfonyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or aminoalkyl, each as defined herein, e.g., methylamino,
2-phenylamino, hydroxyethylamino, and the like.
[0055] "Oxo" means =(O) group.
[0056] The present invention also includes prodrugs of compounds of Formula (I).
The term prodrug is intended to represent covalently bonded carriers, which are capable of releasing the active ingredient of Formula (I) when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Release of the active Ingredient occurs in vivo. Prodrugs can be prepared by techniques known to one skilled in the art. These techniques generally modify appropriate functional groups in a given compound. These modified functional groups however regenerate original functional groups by routine manipulation or in vivo. Prodrugs of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino, carboxylic, or a similar group is modified. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., ΛζiV-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy or amino functional groups in compounds of Formula (I), amides (e.g., trifluoroacetylamino, acetylamino, and the like), and the like. Prodrugs of compounds of
Formula (I) are also within the scope of this invention.
[0057] The present invention also includes protected derivatives of compounds of
Formula (I). For example, when compounds of Formula (I) contain groups such as hydroxy, carboxy, thiol or any group containing a nitrogen atom(s), these groups can be protected with a suitable protecting groups. A comprehensive list of suitable protective groups can be found in T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The protected derivatives of compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared by methods well known in the art. [0058] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. Such salts include, for instance, acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic . acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1 ,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4- toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'-methylenebis-(3- hydroxy-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like.
[0059] In certain embodiments, a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" can include, for instance, salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanol amine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, -V-methylglucamine, and the like.
[0060] It is understood that the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are, in general, nontoxic. Additional information on suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in • Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1985, which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0061] The compounds of the present invention may have asymmetric centers.
Compounds of the present invention containing an asymmetrically substituted atom may be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. It is well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms, such as by resolution of materials. All chiral, diastereomeric, racemic forms are within the scope of this invention, unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated.
[0062] Certain compounds of Formula (I) can exist as tautomers and/or geometric isomers. All possible tautomers and cis and trans isomers, as individual forms and mixtures thereof are within the scope of this invention. Additionally, as used herein the term alkyl includes all the possible isomeric forms of said alkyl group albeit only a few examples are set forth. Furthermore, when the cyclic groups such as aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl are substituted, they include all the positional isomers albeit only a few examples are set forth. Furthermore, all polymorphic forms and hydrates of a compound of Formula (I) are within the scope of this invention.
[0063] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may but need not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "heterocyclyl group optionally mono- or di-substituted with an alkyl group" means that the alkyl may but need not be present, and the description includes situations where the heterocyclyl group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the heterocyclyl group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
[0064] Optionally substituted phenyl" means a phenyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkyl, halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, aminocarbonyl, acylamino, sulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, sulfinyl, and sulfonyl, each as defined herein.
[0065] Optionally substituted heteroaryl" means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms where one or more, preferably one, two, or three, ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon that is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkyl, halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, aminocarbonyl, acylamino, sulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, or carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, sulfinyl, and sulfonyl, each as defined herein. More specifically the term optionally substituted heteroaryl includes, but is not limited to, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, furanyl, indolyl, quinolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzopyranyl, and thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted as indicated above. [0066] Optionally substituted heterocyclyl" means a saturated or unsaturated monovalent cyclic group of 3 to 8 ring atoms in which one or two ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S(O)n, where n is an integer from 0 to 2, the remaining ring atoms being C. One or two ring carbon atoms can optionally be replaced by a -CO- group and is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkyl, halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, aminocarbonyl, acylamino, sulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, or carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, sulfinyl, and sulfonyl, each as defined herein. More specifically the term optionally substituted heterocyclyl includes, but is not limited to, optionally substituted pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperazino, tetrahydropyranyl, and thiomorpholino, substituted or unsubstituted as indicated above.
[0067J A "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient" means a carrier or an excipient that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, nontoxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier or an excipient that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. "A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier/excipient" as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such excipient.
[0068] "Sulfinyl" means a -SOR radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined above, e.g., methylsulfϊnyl, phenylsulfinyl, benzylsulfϊnyl, pyridinylsulfinyl, and the like. [0069] "Sulfonyl" means a -SO2R radical where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each as defined above, e.g., methylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, benzylsulfonyl, pyridinylsulfonyl, and the like. [0070] "Treating" or "treatment" of a disease includes:
(1) preventing the disease, i.e., causing the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop in a mammal that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease;
(2) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its clinical symptoms; or
(3) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms.
[0071] A "therapeutically effective amount" means the amount of a compound of
Formula (I) that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. The "therapeutically effective amount" may vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated. Embodiments
[0072] (A) In one embodiment, a compound having Formula (I) as defined in the
Summary of the Invention is provided.
[0073] (B) In one embodiment, a compound having Formula (I) is provided wherein R5, R6, R13, R14, R15, R23 and R24 are as defined below, and the other groups are as defined in the Summary of the Invention:
R5 and R6 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl,. alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R5 and R6 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Ra, Rb, and Rc which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, " aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rd and Re where Rd and Rc are independently hydrogen or fluoro;
R13 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR16 (where X is -O-, - CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR17CO-, -CONR18-, -NR19-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR20SO2-, or - SO2NR21- where R17, R18, R19, R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl);
R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl ; wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R13, R14, R15, and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rf, Re, and Rh which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,. or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R' and R* where R1 and Rj are independently hydrogen or fluoro; and
R23 and R24 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl. aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R23 and R24 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rn and R° where Rn and R°are independently hydrogen . or fluoro.
[0074] (1) Within some embodiments of (A) and (B) above, R1 and R2 are alkyl.
In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are methyl.
[0075] (2) Within some embodiments of (A) arid (B) above, R1 and R2 are haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are independently trifluoromethyl or difluoromethyl.
[0076] (3) Within some embodiments of (A) and (B) above, R1 is ethyl, or n- or- iso-propyl and R2 is methyl.
[0077] (i) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), one group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula (a):
Figure imgf000019_0001
( wa) where A is a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven membered
Figure imgf000019_0002
r riinngg s suubDsstuitiuutieedα w wiith R4, R5 and R6 as defined in the Summary of the Invention. [0078] (ii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000019_0003
[0079] (iii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000019_0004
[0080] (iv) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000019_0005
[0081] The R4 group in groups (ii)-(iv) above, is as defined in the Summary of the invention. [0082] Within the groups (ii)-(iv) above, one group of compounds is that wherein R4 is phenyl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
[0083] Within the groups (ii)-(iv) above, another group of compounds is that wherein
R4 is heteroaryl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
[0084] Within the groups (ii)-(iv) above, another group of compounds is that wherein
R4 is a saturated monocyclic heterocyclyl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
[0085] Within the groups (ii)-(iv) above, another group of compounds is that wherein
R4 is saturated fused heterocyclyl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the
Invention.
[0086] The R3 rings in groups (ii)-(iv) above, the subgroups contained therein, including the hydrogen in -NH- groups in the rings, can also be substituted with R5 and R6 where R5 and R6 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment
(B) above. Within this embodiment, in one group of compounds, one of R5 and R6 is hydrogen. In another group of compounds, the -NH- groups in the rings are substituted with alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl. In one group of compounds, the -NH- groups in the rings are unsubstituted.
[0087] (v) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), one group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with R22, R23 and R24 wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in
R22, R23 and R24 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rn and
R0 where Rn and R° are independently hydrogen or fluoro. Within this embodiment, R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000020_0001
substituted with R22, R23 and R24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above, including the hydrogen in -NH- groups in the rings. Within this embodiment, in one group of compounds, the -NH- groups in the rings are substituted with alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl. In another group of compounds, the -NH- groups in the rings are unsubstituted.
[0088] (vi) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000021_0001
substituted with R22, R23 and R24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above, including the hydrogen in -NH- groups in the rings. In one group of compounds, the -NH- groups in the rings are substituted with alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl. In one group of compounds, the -NH- groups in the rings are unsubstituted. [0089] (vii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000021_0002
where R22 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention and the rings can also be substituted, including the hydrogen atom on the -NH- group within the ring with R23 and R24 where R23 and R24 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R23 is hydrogen and R24 is attached to the carbon adjacent to the nitrogen attached to the cinnoline ring. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is phenyl optionally substituted with Rk, R1, and Rm are as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment, another group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is saturated heterocyclyl optionally substituted with Rk, R1, and Rm are as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment, yet another group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is saturated six membered heterocyclyl containing a -C=O group and optionally substituted with Rk, R1, and Rm as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment, yet another group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is morpholin-4-yl or 2-oxopiperidin-l-yl optionally substituted with Rk, R1, and Rm are as defined in the Summary of the Invention. [0090] (viii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
R2lr-vrR22 R2γoγR22 Ftf* NγR22 OVN R» R2CNyR22 R2γ~γR22
V • Ψ -;-- ' -;- ; -;-- o : L - A:-- > ; or SA> ;
preferably
Figure imgf000022_0001
where R22 is phenyl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with Rk, R1 and Rm, preferably substituted at the para position with Rk and optionally substituted with R1 and Rm wherein Rk, R1, and Rm are as defined in the Summary of the Invention and R23 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above. The -NH- groups in the above rings can optionally be substitituted with R24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R24 is cycloalkyl, alkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl. Within the embodiments in (viii), in one group of compounds R23 is hydrogen. Within the embodiments in (viii), in one group of compounds R23 is hydrogen and R22 is phenyl or heteroaryl substituted with Rk and R1.
[0091] (ix) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000022_0002
where R22 is heterocyclyl and R23 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R22 is heterocyclyl containing at least a -C=O group wherein the heterocyclyl ring is optionally substituted at the para position with Rk and optionally substituted with R1 and Rm wherein Rk, R1, and Rm are as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment, another group of compounds is that wherein R22 is monocyclic saturated six membered ring containing at least a -C=O group and optionally substituted at the para position with Rk and optionally substituted with R1 and Rm wherein Rk, R1, and Rm are as defined in the Summary of the Invention. The -NH- groups in the above rings can optionally be substituted with R24 as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R24 is cycloalkyl, alkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl. Within this embodiment, yet another group of compounds is that wherein R22 is -NHCOR25 where R25 is aryl or heteroaryl as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
[0092] (x) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), yet another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000023_0001
where R31 and R32 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment one group of compounds is that wherein R31 is aryl optionally substituted as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
[0093] (xi) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of ■' compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula (b). Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000023_0002
where R13 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR17CO-, -CONR18-, -NR19-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR20SO2-, or -SO2NR21- where RI7-R21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl). Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R13 is phenyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and R3 can also be substituted with R14 and R15 where R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfϊnyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R13, R14, R15, and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rf, Rε, and Rh which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R1 and R" where R1 and R* are independently hydrogen or fluoro. [0094] Within embodiment (xi), one group of compounds is that wherein R3 is:
Figure imgf000024_0001
where R13 is phenyl, heteroaryl or five or six membered heterocyclyl. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R13 is morpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, or pyridinyl optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rf, Rs, and Rh as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
[0095] (xii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula ring of formula (c). [0096] (xiii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000024_0002
where R22 is phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic saturated five or six membered heterocyclyl ring; R23 is hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic five or six membered heterocyclyl ring; and R24 is alkyl and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22 and R23 is optionally substituted with Rk, R1 and Rm as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R24 is methyl. Within this subgroup, in one embodiment, R22 is phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic five or six membered heterocyclyl ring and R23 is hydrogen or alkyl. In another embodiment, R22 and R23 are independently phenyl, heteroaryl, or monocyclic saturated five or six membered heterocyclyl ring. In each of the above embodiments, the aromatic or alicyclic ring is optionally substituted with Rk selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and optionally substituted with R1 and Rm independently selected from alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, and disubstituted amino.
[0097] (xiv) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), yet another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000025_0001
where R22 is aralkyl, preferably benzyl optionally substituted with Rk, R1 and Rm as defined in the Summary of the Invention and R23 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Within this embodiment, a group of compounds is that wherein R23 is hydrogen or alkyl. (0098) (xv) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), yet another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula (a):
Figure imgf000025_0002
00 where A is a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring and the ring (a) is substituted with R4, R5 and R6 as defined below.
[0099] R4 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR7 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR8CO-, -CONR9-, -NR10- , -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR11SO2-, or -SO2NR12- where R8-R12 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R7 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl) .
[00100] R5 is hydrogen alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl. [00101] R6 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino. Within this embodiment, a group of compounds is that wherein R6 is hydrogen. [00102] Within group (xy), the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R4, R5, R6, and R7 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Ra, Rb, and Rc which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rd and Re where Rd and Re are independently hydrogen or fluoro. In one embodiment, ring A is a saturated five or six membered heterocyclyl ring.
[00103] (xvi) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), yet another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula (b):
Figure imgf000026_0001
where X1, X2, and X3 are independently carbon, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur provided that at least two of X1, X2, and are other than carbon; and B is phenyl, or a six-membered heteroaryl ring (wherein the six-membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two nitrogen atoms, the rest of the ring atoms being carbon), or a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring; and wherein ring (b) is substituted with R13, R14 and R15 as defined below. [00104] R13 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR17CO-, -CONR18-, . -NR19-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR20SO2-, or -SO2NR21- where R17-R21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl).
[00105] R14 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
[00106] R15 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl. alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino. Within this embodiment, a group of compounds is that wherein R15 is hydrogen. [00107] Within group (xvi), the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R13, R14, R15, and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rf, R8, and Rh which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R1 and Rj where R1 and Rj are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
[00108] (xvii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), yet another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with R22, R23 and R24 as defined below.
[00109] R22 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR25 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR26CO-, -CONR27-, -NR28-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR29SO2-, or -SO2NR30- where R26-R3Oare independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl; alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R25 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl). [00110] R23 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl. [00111] R24 is hydrogen, alkyi, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; within this embodiment, a group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen. [00112] Within group (xvii), the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, R24, and R25 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rn and R° where R" and R0 are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
[00113] (xviii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), yet another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is pyrrolidin-1-yl substituted with R31, R32 and R33 as defined below.
[00114] R31 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR34 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR35CO-, -CONR36-, -NR37-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR38SO2-, or -SO2NR39- where R35-R39 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R34 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl). [00115] R32 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl,' haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl: [00116] R33 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; within this embodiment, a group of compounds is that wherein R33 is hydrogen.
[00117] Within group (xviii), the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R31, R32, R33, and R34 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rp, Rq, and Rr which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rs and R1 where Rs and R1 are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
[00118] (xix) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), yet another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is 2-oxopyrrolidinyl or 2,4-dioxoimidazolidinyl substituted with R31, R32 and R33 as defined below.
[00119] R31 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR34 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NR35CO-, -CONR36-, -NR37-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR38SO2-, or -SO2NR39- where R35-R39 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyciylalkyl and R34 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl). [00120] R32 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, arninoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl. [00121] R33 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, • aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, or disubstituted amino; within this embodiment, a group of compound is that wherein R33 is hydrogen.
[00122] Within group (xix), the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R31, R32, R33, and R34 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rp, Rq, and Rr which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rs and R* where Rs and R1 are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
[00123] (xx) Within the above embodiments (1 ), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000029_0001
preferably
Figure imgf000030_0001
" where R22 is phenyl or heteroaryl and the R22 rings are optionally substituted, including the hydrogen atom on the -NH- group within the ring with R24 where R24 are as defined in the Summary of the Invention or as defined in embodiment (B) above. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is phenyl optionally substituted with Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R" and R° where Rn and R0 are independently hydrogen or fluoro. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is phenyl substituted with Rk as defined above. Within this embodiment, another group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is phenyl substituted with Rk and R1 as defined above and are located at the 2,6-positions of the phenyl ring, the carbon atom of the phenyl ring attached to the R3 rings shown in (xx) above being the one position. Within this embodiment, yet another group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is phenyl substituted with Rk and R1 as defined above and are located at the 3,5-positions of the phenyl ring, the carbon atom of the phenyl ring attached to the R3 rings shown in (xx) above being the one position. Within this embodiment, yet another group of compounds is that wherein R24 is hydrogen and R22 is phenyl substituted with Rk and R1 as defined above and Rk and R1 are located at the 2,4-positions of the phenyl ring, the carbon atom of the phenyl ring attached to the R3 rings shown in (xx) above being the one position.
[00124] (xxi) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R1 and R2 are alkyl and R3 is a ring of formula (b) substituted with R13 where R13 is hydrogen, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or -XR16 (where X is - O-, -CONH-, or -NR19- where R19 is hydrogen or alkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl or aralkyl); and R14 where R14 is hydrogen or alkoxyalkyloxy wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in Rl3and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rf, R8, and Rh which are independently alkyl or cyloalkylalkyl provided that one of R13 and R14 is not hydrogen. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R1 and R2 are methyl and R3 is lH-indazolyl substituted with R13 where R13 is hydrogen, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or -XR16 (where X is -O-, -CONH-, or -NR19- where R19 is hydrogen or alkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl or aralkyl); and R14 where R14 is hydrogen or alkoxyalkyloxy wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R13 and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rf, R8. and Rh which are independently alkyl and cyloalkylalkyl provided that one of R13 and R14 is not hydrogen. Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R1 and R2 are methyl and R3 is 3-cyclopropylaminocarbonyl-lH-indazol-l -yl; 5-benzyloxy-l H-indazol-1-yl; 6-benzyloxy- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 4-(2-methoxyethyloxy)- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 5-(2-methoxyethyloxy)- 1 H- indazol- 1 -yl; 6-(2-methoxyethyloxy)- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 5-(morpholin-4-yl)- lH-indazol- 1 -yl; 6-(morpholin-4-yl)-l H-indazol-1-yl; 5 -(pyridin-3-yl)-l H-indazol-1-yl; 5-(pyridin-4-yl)-lH- indazol-1-yl; 4-(pyridin-4-yl)-lH-indazol-l-yl; 4-(morpholin-4-yl)-l H-indazol-1-yl; 4-(4- methylpiperazin-l-yl)-l H-indazol-1-yl; 4-(piperazin-l-yl)l-lH-indazoI-l-yl; 4-(l- ethylpiperazin-4-yl)l- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 4-(l -methyl -2-oxo-piperazin-4-yl)l-l H-indazol- 1 -yl; 4-( 1 -cyclopropylmethylpiperazin^-yl)!- 1 H-indazol- 1 -y I; 4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl; 4-( 1 -ethylpiperazin-4-yl)- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl .
[00125] (xxii) Within the above embodiments (1), (2), and (3), another group of compounds of Formula (I) is that wherein R1 and R2 are alkyl and R3 is monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with R22 where R22 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR25 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -NH6CO-, or -NH- where R25 is aryl, heterocyclyl, or aralkyl); and R23 where R23 is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyl, or acyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, and R25 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, cyano, and disubstituted amino; or R3 is pyrrolidin-1-yl substituted with R31 where R31 is aryl, aralkyl, or -XR34 (where X is - NHCO-, or -NH- where R34 is aryl or aralkyl wherein the aromatic ring in R31 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rp, Rq, and Rr which are alkoxy.
[00126] Within this embodiment, one group of compounds is that wherein R1 and R2 are methyl and R3 is 2-(i?S)-phenylmorpholin-4-yl; 2-(Λ)-phenylmorpholin-4-yl; 2-(S)- phenylmorpholin-4-yl; 2-(Λ5)-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 3-(&S)-phenylpyrτolidin-l - yl; 2-(ΛS>(4-fluorophenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(/?S>(2-chloroρhenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)- (pyridin-3-yl)morpholin-4-yl; 4-(ftS)-(phenoxy)piperidin-l -yl; 2-(RS)-(pyrrolidin- 1 - ylmethyl)-morpholin-4-yl ; 3-(RS)-(2-oxopiperidin- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl; 2-(RS)- (benzy l)pyrrolidin- 1 -y 1 ; 4-methyl-3 -(RS)-(phenyl)piperazin- 1 -y 1 ; 3 -(RS)-(pyrrolidin- 1 - ylcarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl; 3-(RS)-ben2ylpiperidin-l-yl; 3-(R)-(2-oxopiperidin-l-yl)piperidin- 1-yl; 3-(S)-(2-oxopiperidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl; 3-(RS)-indol-l-ylpiperidin-l-yl; 3-(RS)- (phenoxy)piperidin- 1 -yl; 2-(RS)-(253-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)morpholin-4-yl; 3-(RS)- (piperidin-l-ylcarbonyl)piperidin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-oxo-morpholin-4-yl; 2- (S)-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(R)-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 3-(RS)-(2- fluorophenyl)piperidin-l -yl; 3-(RS)-(phenyl)piperazin-l -yl; 1 -acety 1-3 -(RS)-
(phenyl)piperazin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylmorpholin-4-yl;
Figure imgf000032_0001
;
2-(RS)-(3-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxomorpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(3-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-l-yl; 3-(RS)-(3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl; 3-(RS)- (3-methyl-[l .2.4]oxadiazol-5-yl)piperidin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-(4-chlorophenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-. (RS)-(4-methylphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)- (3-methyl-4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 6-methyl-2-(RS)-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin- 4-yl; 3-(RS)-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l -ylmethyl)piperidin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-(4- trifluoromethoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 3-hydroxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-l-yl; 6- oxo-2-(RS)-(4-methoxyphenyI)- 1 -methyIpiperazin-4-yl; 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)- 1 ,2,3 ,4- tetrahydropyridin- 1 -yl; 3 -(S)-(2-fluorophenyl)piperidin- 1 -yl; 3 -(R)-(2- fluorophenyl)piperidin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l-meth.ylpiperazin-4-yl; l-acetyl-3- (RS)-(phenyl)piperazin-l -yl; 2-(RS)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 3-(RS)-(4- methoxybenzylamino)pyrrolidin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-methylmorpholin- 4-yl; 4-(RS)-(4-methoxybenzylamino)piperidin-l-yl; 3-(RS)-(3,5- dimethoxyphenyl)piperazin-4-yl; 3-(RS)-I -(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl; 3-(RS)-(2- oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl; 4-(RS)~(2-oxopiperidin- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl; 4-(RS)-(2- oxoazetidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl; 4-(RS)-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-(6- methoxynaphth-2-yl)piperazin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(2- fluoro-4-methylphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(S)-(2-chlorophenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(R)-(2- chlorophenyI)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(2-cyanophenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(2,6- difluorophenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(thiophen-2-yl)piperazin-4-yl; 2-(RS)-(2- dimethylaminophenyl)piperazin-4-yl; 3-(RS)-(4-methoxyphenylcarbonylamino)-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl; 2-(RS)-(2-methylphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; 3-(RS)-(naphth-2-yl)piρerazin-l-yl; 3-(RS)-(4- methoxyphenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl; 3-(RS)-(phenylcarbonylamino)piperidin-l-yl; 2-(RS)-ethyl- 6-(RS)-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl; and 1 -(4-methoxyphenyl)-l ,2,5,6- tetrahy dropyridin-3 -y 1.
[00127] Representative compounds of Formula (I) are provided in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000033_0002
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0002
0128] Representative compounds of Formula (I) are provided in Table 2 below.
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000037_0003
General Synthetic Schemes
[00129] Compounds of this invention can be made by the methods depicted in the reaction schemes shown below.
[00130] The starting materials and reagents used in preparing these compounds are either available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), Bachem (Torrance, Calif.), or Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.) or are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in references such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition) and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989). These schemes are merely illustrative of some methods by which the compounds of this invention can be synthesized, and various modifications to these schemes can be made and will be suggested to one skilled in the art having referred to this disclosure. The starting materials and the intermediates of the reaction may be isolated and purified if desired using conventional techniques, including but not limited to filtration, distillation, crystallization, chromatography and the like. Such materials may be characterized using conventional means, including physical constants and spectral data.
[00131] Unless specified to the contrary, the reactions described herein take place at atmospheric pressure over a temperature range from about -78 0C to about 150 0C, such as from about 00C to about 1250C, for example, at about room (or ambient) temperature, e.g., ' about 200C.
[00132] Compounds of Formula (I) where R1, R2 and R3 are as defined in the
Summary of the Invention can be prepared as described in Scheme 1 below.
Figure imgf000039_0001
[00133] Treatment of 2-amino-4,5-dialkoxyacetophenones 1 with sodium nitrite in concentrated HCl and water provides diazo compound intermediates that cyclize upon heating to provide 6,7-dialkoxy-4-hydroxycinnolines 2. Treatment of 2 with either phosphorous oxychloride or phosphorous oxybromide provides the corresponding chloro or bromo compound of formula 3. The chloro derivative is prepared by heating 2 in neat phosphorous oxychloride, followed by recrystallization of the product after neutralization (see Castle et al., J. Org. Chern. 17:1571, 1952). The bromo derivative is prepared by mixing a concentrated suspension of the 4-hydroxycinnoline in chloroform and phosphorous oxybromide at room temperature and then warming to reflux for 8 to 16 h. Extractive workup after neutralization and subsequent recrystallization from alcoholic solvent such as ethanol provides 4-bromocinnoline.
[00134] Compounds of formula 1 are either commercially available (e.g., 2-amino-4,5- dimethoxyacetophenone) or can be synthesized by methods well known in the art. For example, simple dialkyl ethers, wherein the alkyl groups at the 3,4-postions are the same, can be readily prepared under standard etherification reaction conditions. For example, 3,4- dihydroxy-acetophenone can be treated with an excess of a base such as cesium carbonate and the desired alkyl halide to directly provide the dialkylated product. Other bases such as triethylamine, sodium hydride, potassium carbonate, potassium hydride, etc. can be employed in combination with a variety of solvents such as acetone, acetonitrile, DMF, and THF, and the like. 2-Amino-4,5-dialkoxyacetophenones 1 are prepared by nitration with nitric acid in one of several solvents including acetic acid or sulfuric acid at ice bath temperatures to provide 2-nitro-4,5-dialkoxyacetophenones (Iwamura et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 10:675, 2002). Reduction of the nitro group under known reaction conditions e.g., hydrogenation with palladium on carbon, iron powder in acetic acid, or nickel boride, among others, provides the desired compounds 1. (Castle et al., J. Org. Chem. 19:1117 1954). [00135] Compounds of formula 1 where R1 and R2 are different can also be prepared by methods well known in the art. For example if the desired substituent at the 3-position is the methyl ether, acetovanillone (3-methoxy-4-hydroxyacetophenone) can be utilized as a starting material. Simple ether ification, as described above, can be utilized to provide the required 4-substitution, followed by nitration and reduction steps as described above. Alternatively, compounds of formula 1 can be prepared under Mitsunobu reaction conditions by treating phenol with diethyl or diisopropyl azo-dicarboxylates, triphenylphosphine, and the desired alkyl alcohol in THF solution to give the corresponding alkoxy derivative. Treatment of the phenol with haloacetic acid e.g., chlorodifluoroacetic acid under basic conditions. provides difluoromethyl ether.
[00136] If compounds of formula 1 where R1 is other than methyl are desired, 3,4- dihydroxyacetophenone can be utilized as the starting material. 3,4-Dihydroxyacetophenone can be selectively protected as its 4-benzyl ether (Greenspan et al., J. Med. Chem. 42:164, 1999) by treatment with benzyl bromide and lithium carbonate in DMF solution. ;
Functionalization of the 3-OH group with the desired alkyl halide can be accomplished under the esterification conditions described above, including Mitsunobu reaction. Removal of the benzyl ether by hydrogenolysis with palladium on carbon in alcoholic solvents such as methanol and followed by etherification of the 4-OH yields the 3,4-dialkoxyacetophenones. Nitration of 3,4-dialkoxyacetophenones, followed by reduction of the nitro group provides • the desired compound 1.
[00137] 4-Bromo-6,7-bis-difluoromethoxycinnoline analogs can be prepared from 3,4- dimethoxyacetophenone by reaction with nitric acid to yield 3,4-dimethoxy-6- nitroacetophenone which upon treatment with pyridine-HCl provides l-(4,5-dihydroxy-2- nitrophenyl)ethanone. Treatment of 1 -(4,5-dihydroxy-2-nitrophenyl)ethanone with chlorodifluoroacetic acid provides l-(4,5-bis(difluoromethoxy)-2-nitrophenyl)ethanone which upon reduction of the nitro group to amino group followed by cyclization under conditions described above provides the desired compound. Compounds of formula 2 can also be prepared from 2-alkynylanilines as described in Queguiner et al., Tetrahedron 56:5499, 2000.
[00138] Compound 3 is then converted to a compound of Formula (I) where R3 is a group of formula (a)-(c) by reacting it with aryl or heteroaryl boronic acids under Suzuki coupling reaction conditions. [00139] Compounds of Formula (I) where R3 is heterocyclic ring attached to the cinnoline ring via a nitrogen atom, e.g., pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, morpolin-4-yl, and the like, can be prepared by reacting 3 with the heterocyclic ring where X1 is halo or other suitable leaving group such as tosylate, triflate, mesylate and the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, pyridine, and the like. Suitable solvents include, and are not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, DMF, and the like. Alternatively, compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared by heating 3 with the heterocyclic ring in a suitable organic solvent such as THF, benzene, dioxane, toluene, alcohol or mixtures thereof, optionally in the presence of a base. [00140] Compounds of formulae 4 and 5 are either commercially available or they can be prepared by methods well known in the art. For example, 3-hydroxy-5-arylpiρeridines can be prepared by the methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,387,230, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. 3-Hydroxy-5-arylpiperidines can be converted to hydroxy derivatives such as alkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy or hydroxyalkoxy under alkylation reaction conditions known in the art. Compounds of Formula (I) wherein R3 is a ring of formula (a), such as those shown in embodiments (i) — (iv) and (xv) above, may be prepared by standard synthetic methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Suzuki type coupling of the corresponding boronic acid with 4-bromo- cinnoline 3. (See, e.g., Miyaura and Suzuki, Chem. Rev. 95:2457-2483, 1995). Such boronic acids are either commercially available (e.g., Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI), Lancaster Synthesis (Ward Hill, MA.), or Maybridge (Conrwall, UK)) or can readily be prepared from the corresponding bromides by methods described in the literature (see, e.g., Miyaura et al., Tetrahedron Letters 1979, 3437; N. Miyaura, A. Suzuki, Chem. Commun. 1979, 866).
[00141] Compounds of Formula (I) wherein R3 is a ring of a formula as shown in, for example, embodiments (v) — (xiv) above (e.g., wherein R3 is an N-substituted pyrrolidine, piperidine, homopiperidine, piperazine, homopiperazine, morpholine and the like) can be prepared by Buchwald coupling of the 4-bromocinnoline 3 with the appropriately substituted heterocyclic compound. Such heterocyclic compounds (pyrrolidines, piperidines, homopiperidines, piperazines, homopiperazines, morpholines and the like) are either commercially available or can be readily prepared by standard methods known within the art (see, for example, J. Louie, J.F. Hartwig, Tetrahedron Letters 36, 3609 (1995); A. S. Guram et al., Angew Chem. Int. Ed. 34, 1348 (1995)).
[00142] Substituted indazoles useful to make compounds of Formula (I) wherein R3 is a ring as shown in embodiment (xi) above are either commercially available (e.g., Aldrich Chemical Co., Sinova, Inc. (Bethesda, MA)5 J & W PharmLab, LLC (Morrisville, PA)) or can be prepared by methods commonly known within the art (see, for example, Synthesis of 1-Aryl-lH-indazoles via Palladium-Catalyzed Intramolecular Amination of Aryl Halides, Lebedev, A. Y.; Khartulyari, A. S.; Voskoboynikov, A. Z. J. Org. Chem. 2005; 70(2); 596- 602. and the references cited therein). For example, indazoles wherein R13 is heterocyclyl, for example, morpholine or N-methylpiperazine, may be synthesized by Buchwald-type coupling of the corresponding bromoindazole with the desired heterocyclic compound. The bromoindazoles may prepared as described in International Publication No. WO 2004/029050, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Copper catalyzed reaction of the appropriately substituted indazole with 4-bromocinnoline 3 provides the appropriate compound of Formula (I). Alternatively, the bromoindazole undergoes palladium catalyzed reaction with 4-bromocinnoline 3 to provide 6,7-dimethoxy- 4-(bromo-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline. Subsequent N-arylation reaction with, for example morpholine or N-methylpiperazine provides the desired compound of Formula I. Alternatively, Suzuki-type reaction of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(bromo-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline • with aryl or heteroaryl boronic acids, for example, phenylboronic acid or 4-pyridine boronic acid, gives the corresponding aryl or heteroaryl substituted indazole cinnoline of Formula (I).
Utility and Methods of Use
[00143] In one aspect, methods are provided for treating a disorder or disease treatable by inhibition of PDElO comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound as provided herein to a patient in need thereof to treat the disorder or disease. [00144] The compounds of the present invention inhibit PDEl 0 enzyme activity and hence raise the levels of cAMP or cGMP within cells that express PDElO. Accordingly, inhibition of PDElO enzyme activity can be useful in the treatment of diseases caused by deficient amounts of cAMP or cGMP in cells. PDElO inhibitors can be of benefit in cases wherein raising the amount of cAMP or cGMP above normal levels results in a therapeutic effect. Inhibitors of PDElO can be used to treat disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, cardiovascular diseases, cancer, gastro-enterological diseases, endocrinological diseases and urological diseases.
[00145] Indications that may be treated with PDElO inhibitors, either alone or in combination with other drugs, include, but are not limited to, those diseases thought to be mediated in part by the basal ganglia, prefrontal cortex and hippocampus. These indications include psychoses, Parkinson's disease, dementias, obsessive compulsive disorder, tardive dyskinesia, choreas, depression, mood disorders, impulsivity, drug addiction, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), depression with parkinsonian states, personality changes with caudate or putamen disease, dementia and mania with caudate and pallidal diseases, and compulsions with pallidal disease.
[00146] Psychoses are disorders that affect an individual's perception of reality.
Psychoses are characterized by delusions and hallucinations. The compounds of the present invention can be used in treating patients suffering from all forms of psychoses, including, but not limited to, schizophrenia, late-onset schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorders, prodromal schizophrenia, and bipolar disorders. Treatment can be for the positive symptoms of schizophrenia as well as for the cognitive deficits and negative symptoms. Other indications for PDElO inhibitors include psychoses resulting from drug abuse (including amphetamines and PCP)5 encephalitis, alcoholism, epilepsy, Lupus, sarcoidosis, brain tumors, multiple sclerosis, dementia with Lewy bodies, or hypoglycemia. Other psychiatric disorders, like posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and schizoid personality can also be treated with PDElO inhibitors.
[00147] Obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) has been linked to deficits in the frontal-striatal neuronal pathways. (Saxena et al., Br. J. Psychiatry Suppϊ. 35:26-37, 1998). Neurons in these pathways project to striatal neurons that express PDElO. PDElO inhibitors cause cAMP to be elevated in these neurons; elevations in cAMP result in an increase in CREB phosphorylation and thereby improve the functional state of these neurons. The compounds of the present invention can therefore be useful for the indication of OCD. OCD may result, in some cases, from streptococcal infections that cause autoimmune reactions in the basal ganglia (Giedd et al., Am J Psychiatry. 57:281-3, 2000). Because PDElO inhibitors may serve a neuroprotective role, administration of PDElO inhibitors may prevent the damage to the basal ganglia after repeated streptococcal infections and thereby prevent the development of OCD.
[00148] In the brain, the level of c AMP or cGMP within neurons is believed to be related to the quality of memory, especially long term memory. Without wishing to be bound to any particular mechanism, it is proposed that since PDElO degrades cAMP or cGMP, the level of this enzyme affects memory in animals, for example, in humans. For example, a compound that inhibits cAMP phosphodiesterase (PDE) can thereby increase intracellular levels of cAMP, which in turn activate a protein kinase that phosphorylates a transcription factor (cAMP response binding protein), which transcription factor then binds to a DNA promoter sequence to activate genes that are important in long term memory. The more active such genes are, the better is long-term memory. Thus, by inhibiting a phosphodiesterase, long term memory can be enhanced.
[00149} Dementias are diseases that include memory loss and additional intellectual impairment separate from memory. The compounds of the present invention can be used for treating patients suffering from memory impairment in all forms of dementia. Dementias are classified according to their cause and include: neurodegenerative dementias (e.g., Alzheimer's, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Pick's disease), vascular (e.g., infarcts, hemorrhage, cardiac disorders), mixed vascular and Alzheimer's, bacterial meningitis, Creutzfeld- Jacob Disease, multiple sclerosis, traumatic (e.g., subdural hematoma or traumatic brain injury), infectious (e.g., HIV), genetic (down syndrome), toxic (e.g., heavy metals, alcohol, some medications), metabolic (e.g., vitamin B12 or folate deficiency), CNS hypoxia, Cushing's disease, psychiatric (e.g., depression and schizophrenia), and hydrocephalus.
[00150] The condition of memory impairment is manifested by impairment of the ability to learn new information and/or the inability to recall previously learned information. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides methods for dealing with memory loss separate from dementia, including mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and age-related cognitive decline. In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods of treatment for memory impairment as a result of disease. Memory impairment is a primary symptom of dementia and can also be a symptom associated with such diseases as Alzheimer's disease, schizophrenia, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Pick's disease, Creutzfeld-Jakob disease, HIV, cardiovascular disease, and head trauma as well as ■ age-related cognitive decline. The compounds of the present invention can be used in the treatment of memory impairment due to, for example, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, amylolaterosclerosis (ALS), multiple systems atrophy (MSA), schizophrenia, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Pick's disease, Creutzfeld-Jakob disease, depression, aging, head trauma, stroke, spinal cord injury, CNS hypoxia, cerebral senility, diabetes associated cognitive impairment, memory deficits from early exposure of anesthetic agents, multiinfarct dementia and other neurological conditions including acute neuronal diseases, as well as HIV and cardiovascular diseases.
[00151] The compounds of the present invention invention are also suitable for use in the treatment of a class of disorders known as polyglutamine-repeat diseases. These diseases share a common pathogenic mutation. The expansion of a CAG repeat, which encodes the amino acid glutamine, within the genome leads to production of a mutant protein having an expanded polyglutamine region. For example, Huntington's disease has been linked to a mutation of the protein huntingtin. In individuals who do not have Huntington's disease, huntingtin has a polyglutamine region containing about 8 to 31 glutamine residues. For individuals who have Huntington's disease, huntingtin has a polyglutamine region with over 37 glutamine residues. Aside from Huntington's disease (HD), other known polyglutamine- repeat diseases and the associated proteins include dentatorubral-pallidoluysian atrophy, DRPLA (atroρhin-1); spinocerebellar ataxia type-1 (ataxin-1); spinocerebellar ataxia type-2 (ataxin-2); spinocerebellar ataxia type-3 also called Machado-Joseph disease, MJD (ataxin- 3); spinocerebellar ataxia type-6 (alpha Ia- voltage dependent calcium channel); spinocerebellar ataxia type-7 (ataxin-7); and spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy, SBMA, also know as Kennedy disease (androgen receptor).
[00152] The basal ganglia are important for regulating the function of motor neurons; disorders of the basal ganglia result in movement disorders. Most prominent among the movement disorders related to basal ganglia function is Parkinson's disease (Obeso JA et al., Neurology., 2004 Jan 13;62(1 Suppl l):S17-30). Other movement disorders related to dysfunction of the basla ganglia include tardive dyskinesia, progressive supranuclear palsy and cerebral palsy, corticobasal degeneration, multiple system atrophy, Wilson disease, and dystonia, tics, and chorea. The compounds of the invention can be used to treat movement disorders related to dysfunction of basal ganglia neurons.
[00153] PDElO inhibitors can be used to raise cAMP or cGMP levels and prevent neurons from undergoing apoptosis. PDElO inhibitors may be anti-inflammatory by raising cAMP in glial cells. The combination of anti-apoptotic and anti-inflammatory properties, as well as positive effects on synaptic plasticity and neurogenesis, make these compounds useful to treat neurodegeneration resulting from any disease or injury, including stroke, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, amylolaterosclerosis (ALS), and multiple systems atrophy (MSA).
[00154] Autoimmune diseases or infectious diseases that affect the basal ganglia may result in disorders of the basal ganglia including ADHD, OCD, tics, Tourette's disease, Sydenham chorea. In addition, any insult to the brain can potentially damage the basal ganglia including strokes, metabolic abnormalities, liver disease, multiple sclerosis, infections, tumors, drug overdoses or side effects, and head trauma. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used to stop disease progression or restore damaged circuits in the brain by a combination of effects including increased synaptic plasticity, neurogenesis, anti-inflammatory, nerve cell regeneration and decreased apoptosis [00155] The growth of some cancer cells is inhibited by cAMP and cGMP. Upon transformation, cells may become cancerous by expressing PDElO and reducing the amount of c AMP or cGMP within cells. In these types of cancer cells, inhibition of PDElO activity may inhibit cell growth by raising cAMP. In some cases, PDElO may be expressed in the transformed, cancerous cell but not in the parent cell line. In transformed renal carcinoma cells, PDElO is expressed and PDElO inhibitors reduce the growth rate of the cells in culture. Similarly, breast cancer cells are inhibited by administration of PDElO inhibitors. Many other types of cancer cells may also be sensitive to growth arrest by inhibition of PDElO. Therefore, compounds disclosed in this invention can be used to stop the growth of cancer cells that express PDElO.
[00156] The compounds of the invention can also be suitable for use in the treatment of diabetes and related disorders such as obesity, by focusing on regulation of the cAMP signaling system. By inhibiting PDE-IOA activity, intracellular levels of cAMP are increased, thereby increasing the release of insulin-containing secretory granules and, therefore, increasing insulin secretion. See, for example, WO 2005/012485, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The compounds of Formula (I) can also be used to treat diseases disclosed in U.S. Patent application publication No. 2006/019975, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Testing
[00157] The PDElO inhibitory activities of the compounds of the present invention can be tested, for example, using the in vitro or in vivo assays described in working Examples 21 and 22 below.
Administration and Pharmaceutical Compositions
[00158] In general, the compounds provided herein can be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities. The actual amount of the compound of this invention, i.e., the active ingredient, may depend upon numerous factors such as the severity of the disease to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, and other factors. [00159] Therapeutically effective amounts of compounds of formula (I) may range from approximately 0.1-1000 mg per day; preferably 0.5 to 250 mg/day, more preferably 3.5 mg to 70 mg per day.
[00160J In general, compounds of this invention may be administered as pharmaceutical compositions by any one of the following routes: oral, systemic (e.g., transdermal, intranasal or by suppository), or parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous) administration. The preferred manner of administration is oral using a convenient daily dosage regimen which can be adjusted according to the degree of affliction. Compositions can take the form of tablets, pills, capsules, semisolids, powders, sustained release formulations, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, aerosols, or any other appropriate compositions.
[00161] The choice of formulation depends on various factors such as the mode of drug administration (e.g., for oral administration, formulations in the form of tablets, pills or capsules are preferred) and the bioavailability of the drug substance. Recently, pharmaceutical formulations have been developed especially for drugs that show poor bioavailability based upon the principle that bioavailability can be increased by increasing the surface area i.e., decreasing particle size. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,107,288 describes a pharmaceutical formulation having particles in the size range from 10 to 1,000 run in which the active material is supported on a crosslinked matrix of macromolecules. U.S. Pat. No. 5,145,684 describes the production of a pharmaceutical formulation in which the drug substance is pulverized to nanoparticles (average particle size of 400 nm) in the presence of a surface modifier and then dispersed in a liquid medium to give a pharmaceutical formulation that exhibits remarkably high bioavailability.
100162] The compositions are comprised of, in general, a compound of formula (I) in combination with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Acceptable excipients are non-toxic, aid administration, and do not adversely affect the therapeutic benefit of the compound of formula (I). Such excipient may be any solid, liquid, semi-solid or, in the case of an aerosol composition, gaseous excipient that is generally available to one of skill in the art.
[00163] Solid pharmaceutical excipients include starch, cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like. Liquid and semisolid excipients may be selected from glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc. Preferred liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions, include water, saline, aqueous dextrose, and glycols. [00164] Compressed gases may be used to disperse a compound of this invention in aerosol form. Inert gases suitable for this purpose are nitrogen, carbon dioxide, etc. [00165] Other suitable pharmaceutical excipients and their formulations are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, edited by E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Company, 18th ed., 1990).
[00166] The level of the compound in a formulation can vary within the full range employed by those skilled in the art. Typically, the formulation will contain, on a weight percent (wt %) basis, from about 0.01-99.99 wt % of a compound of formula (I) based on the total formulation, with the balance being one or more suitable pharmaceutical excipients. Preferably, the compound is present at a level of about 1-80 wt %.
[00167] The compounds can be administered as the sole active agent or in combination with other pharmaceutical agents such as other agents used in the treatment of psychoses, especially schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, cognitive impairment and/or memory loss, e.g., nicotinic α-7 agonists, PDE4 inhibitors, other PDElO inhibitors, calcium channel blockers, muscarinic ml and m2 modulators, adenosine receptor modulators, ampakines, NMDA-R modulators, mGluR modulators, dopamine modulators,'serotonin modulators, canabinoid modulators, and cholinesterase inhibitors (e.g., donepezil, rivastigimine. and galanthanamine). In such combinations, each active ingredient can be administered either in accordance with their usual dosage range or a dose below their usual dosage range and can be administered either simultaneously or sequentially.
[00168] Drugs suitable in combination with the compounds of the present invention include, but not limited to, other suitable schizophrenia drugs such as Clozaril, Zyprexa, Risperidone, and Seroquel; bipolar disorder drugs such as Lithium, Zyprexa, and Depakote, Parkinson's disease drugs such as Levodopa, Parlodel, Permax, Mirapex, Tasmar, Contan, Kemadin, Artane, and Cogentin; agents used in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease such as, but not limited to, Reminyl, Cognex, Aricept, Exelon, Akatinol, Neo tropin, Eldepryl, Estrogen and Cliquinol; agents used in the treatment of dementia such as, but not limited to, Thioridazine, Haloperidol, Risperidone, Cognex, Aricept, and Exelon;agents used in the treatment of epilepsy such as, but not limited to, Dilantin, Luminol, Tegretol, Depakote, Depakene, Zarontin, Neurontin, Barbita, Solfeton, and Felbatol; agents used in the treatment of multiple sclerosis such as, but not limited to, Detrol, Ditropan XL, OxyContin, Betaseron, Avonex, Azothioprine, Methotrexate, and Copaxone; agents used in the treatment of Huntington's disease such as, but not limited to, Amitriptyline, Imipramine, Despiramine, Nortriptyline, Paroxetine, Fluoxetine, Setraline, Terabenazine, Haloperidol, Chloropromazine, Thioridazine, Sulpride, Quetiapine, Clozapine, and Risperidone; agents useful in the treatment of diabetes, including, but not limited to, PPAR ligands (e.g., agonists, antagonists, such as Rosiglitazone, Troglitazone and Pioglitazone), insulin secretagogues (for example, sulfonylurea drugs, such as Glyburide, Glimepiride, Chlorpropamide, Tolbutamide, and Glipizide, and non-sulfonyl secretagogues), α-glucosidase inhibitors (such as Acarbose, Miglitol, and Voglibose), insulin sensitizers (such as the PPAR-γ agonists, e.g., the glitazones; biguanides, PTP-IB inhibitors, DPP-IV inhibitors and 1 lbeta-HSD inhibitors), hepatic glucose output lowering compounds (such as glucagon antagonists and metaformin, such as Glucophage and Glucophage XR), insulin and insulin derivatives (both long and short acting forms and formulations of insulin), and anti-obesity drugs (such as β-3 agonists, CB-I agonists, neuropeptide Y5 inhibitors, Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor and derivatives (e.g., Axokine), appetite suppressants (e.g., Sibutramine), and lipase inhibitors (e.g., Orlistat)).
EXAMPLES
[00169] The following preparations and examples are given to enable those skilled in the art to more clearly understand and to practice the present invention. They should not be considered as limiting the scope of the invention, but merely as being illustrative and representative thereof.
[00170] All spectra were recorded at 300 MHz on a Bruker Instruments NMR unless otherwise stated. Coupling constants (J) are in Hertz (Hz) and peaks are listed relative to TMS (δ 0.00 ppm). Microwave reactions were performed using a Personal Chemistry Optimizer™ microwave reactor in 10 mL Personal Chemistry microwave reactor vials. All reactions were performed at 2000C for 600 s with the fixed hold time ON unless otherwise stated. Sulfonic acid ion exchange resins (SCX) were purchased from Varian Technologies. Analytical HPLC was performed on 4.6 mm x 100 mm Waters Sunfire RP Cl 8 5 μm column using (i) a gradient of 20/80 to 80/20 acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid)/water (0.1% formic acid) over 6 min (Method A), (ii) a gradient of 20/80 to 80/20 acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid)/water (0.1% formic acid) over 8 min (Method B), (iii) a gradient of 40/60 to 80/20 " acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid)/water (0.1% formic acid) over 6 min (Method C), (iv) a gradient of 40/60 to 80/20 acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid)/water (0.1% formic acid) over 8 min (Method D), or (v) a gradient of 10/60 to 60/10 acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid)/water (0.1% formic acid) over 8 min (Method E). Preparative HPLC was performed on 30 mm x 100 mm Xtera Prep RP is 5 μ columns using an 8 min gradient of 95/5 to 20/80 water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1 % formic acid) unless otherwise stated.
Reference A Synthesis of 2-(4-methoxyphenyl')-3-methylmorpholine
Figure imgf000050_0001
[00171] Step 1. Into a 1000 mL 4-necked round bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen containing a solution of AICI3 (160.2 g, 1.20 mol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) was added a solution of anisole (64.8 g, 599.44 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) dropwise with stirring at 0 0C over a 30 minute period. This was followed by the drop-wise addition of a solution of 2-bromopropanoyl chloride (128.5 g, 749.71 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (200 mL) with stirring at 0 0C over 60 minutes. The resulting solution was stirred for 0.5 hours at 0 0C and then for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of 1000 mL of HCl/H2O/ice and then extracted three times with CH2CI2, the organic fractions were combined, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 1:100 EtOAc/PE as eluant to provide 25 g of crude 2-bromo- l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one as yellow oil.
[00172] Step 2. 2-Bromo-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one (12 g, 49.36 mmol), dibenzylamine (19.4 g, 98.33 mmol), acetone (600 mL) and KI (370 mg, 2.23 mmol) were combined in a 1000 mL round bottom flask and stirried for 3 days at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 1 :100 EtOAc/PE as ehiant to provide 12.8 g (58%) of 2- (dibenzylamino)-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one as a white solid.
[00173] Step 3. Into a 100 mL round bottom flask purged, flushed and maintained with a hydrogen atmosphere was added 2-(dibenzylamino)-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-one (3 g, 8.34 mmol), Pd/C (3 g), EtOH (75 mL) and HCl (0.6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to provide 1.4 g of 2-amino- 1 -(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l -ol as a white solid.
[00174] Step 4. Into a mixture of 2-amino-l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-l-ol (3.1 g,
17.11 mmol), NaOH (1.0 g), 5 drops of water and CH2Cl2 (mL) was added a solution of 2- chloroacetyl chloride (2.9 g, 25.7mmol) in CH2CI2 (15 mL) drop-wise with stirring at 0 0C over a 15 minute period. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours at 0 0C in a bath of H2O/ice and then washed with HC1/H2O, NaHCO3ZH2O5 dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to provide 3.3 g of 2-chloro-N-(l -hydroxy- l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)acetamide as a white solid.
[00175] Step 5. 2-Chloro-N-(l -hydroxy- l-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)acetamide
(670 mg, 2.60 mmol), KOH (0.56 g) and EtOH (70 mL) were combined and stirred for 2.5 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with 10 mL of H2O and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to provide 0.33 g of 6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-methylmorpholin-3-one as a white solid.
[00176] Step 6. A solution of 6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-methylmorpholin-3-one (330 mg, 1.49 mmol) in THF (50 mL) contained in a 100 mL 3-necked round bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was treated with THF.BH3 (15 mL) in several batches while cooling to 0 0C over a period of 10 minutes. Stirring was continued for 3 hours at room temperature and the reaction progress was monitored by TLC (CH2Cl2/Me0H = 10:1). The reaction mixture was quenched by adding 10 mL of MeOH. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with 30 mL of 10%HCl/H2O and warmed to 80 0C for 0.5 hours. The pH was adjusted to 10 by the addition of NaOH (20% aq. solution), extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to provide 0.3 g of 2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-3-methylmorpholine as a light yellow liquid. LCMS [M+H]+ calcd for Ci2Hi8NO2 208, found 208. Reference B
Synthesis of 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
Figure imgf000052_0001
[00177] Step 1. l-(2-Amino-455-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanone (15.60 g, 79.91 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated hydrogen chloride in water (555 mL) and water (78 tnL). The mixture was cooled to -5° C and a solution of sodium nitrite (5.55 g, 80.4 mmol) in water (20 mL) was added over a period of 45 minutes. The mixture was stirred for an additional 1 h at 0° C and then warmed to 60-75° C for 4 h. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature using an ice bath and the resulting precipitate was collected via filtration. The solid hydrochloride salt thus obtained was added to approximately 1.0 L of water and then basified to pH ~12 with sodium hydroxide. The brown solution was neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and the resulting precipitate was collected to provide 12.77 g of 6,7-dimethoxycinnolin- 4-ol as a light tan solid (78% yield), which was used without further purification. MS [M+H] = 207. 1H NMR (DMSO d6) δ (ppm) 7.62 (s, IH), 7.30 (s, IH), 6.93(s, IH), 3.89 (s, 3H)3 3.85 (s, 3H).
[00178] Step 2. To a solution of 6,7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-ol (2.00 g, 9.70 mmol, prepared as described above in step 1) in chloroform (20 mL) was added phosphorus oxybromide (12.2 g, 0.0426 mol). Brief solvation was observed for 10 minutes after addition of the phosphorus oxybromide then a suspension formed. The mixture was stirred for 8 h at room temperature, and was then heated to reflux for 18h. The mixture was poured onto crushed ice (resulting in gas evolution), warmed to room temperature (giving a volume of around 125 mL) and neutralized to ~ pH 7 with saturated sodium acetate. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (5 x 50 mL) and the combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Re-crystallization from absolute ethanol provided 1.30g of 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (50% yield) as light yellow superfine fibrous crystals. MS [M+] = 269, [M+2] = 271, 1H NMR (DMSO d6) δ (ppm) 9.38 (s, IH), 7.77 (s, IH), 7.21 (S3 IH), 4.03 (s, 6H). Reference C
Synthesis of 1 -f β.T-dimetfaoxycinnolin^-vDpiperidin^-amine
Figure imgf000053_0001
[00179] A mixture of 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (0.5 g, 0.002 mol), 4-BOC- amino-piperidine (0.5619 g, 2.806 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.0891 g, 0.0973 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-435-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (0.110 g, 0.190 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (0.268 g, 2.79 mmol) and toluene (4.0 mL, 0.037 mol) was heated at 50 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was flushed through an SCX column, washed with methanol and eluted with 2.0 M ammonia/methanol. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography on a 40 g column using a gradient going from 100% CH2Cl2 to 50% (8: 1 :1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/7M NH3 in MeOH)/CH2Cl2 as elutant to provide l-(6,7- dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)piperidin-4-amine.
Example 1 Synthesis of 4-π.3-benzoxazol-2-ylV6,7-dimethoxycinnoline hydroformate
Figure imgf000053_0002
[00180] «-Butyllithium (0.0639 g, 0.997 mmol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes to a chilled (-30 0C) solution of benzoxazole (0.119 g, 0.997 mmol) in N,N- dimethylacetamide (3 mL). Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.046 g, 0.050 mmol) and a solution of 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (0.134 g, 0.498 mmol, prepared as described in Reference B above) in iV,N-dimethylacetamide (3 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was heated to 85 0C for 8 h, then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The solution was filtered through celite, washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), and then concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (gradient elution using 0-5% methanol/dichloromethane) followed by preparative HPLC to give 0.02 g of 4-(l,3- benzoxazol-2-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline hydroformate (13 % yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) 9.88 (s, IH), 8.91 (s, IH)5 7.93 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.72 (d, J = 7.5 Hz5 IH)5 7.49 (m, 2H)5 4.24 (s, 3H)5 4.16 (s, 3H)5 LC/MS (EI) tR 7.10 min (Method B)5 m/z 308.1 (M++l).
Example 2 Synthesis of N-cvcloproDyl- 1 -f 6,7-dimethoxycinnolin-4- ylV 1 H-indazole-3 -carboxamide
Figure imgf000054_0001
[00181] Step 1. n-Butyllithium (0.13 g5 0.0020 mol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes to a chilled (-30 0C) solution of lH-indazole-3-carboxylic acid (0.162 g5 0.999 mmol) in ΛζiV-dimethylacetamide (3 mL). A solution of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.083 g, 0.091 mmol)5 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (0.244 g, 0.908 mmol, prepared as describe above in Example 1) and triethylamine (380 μL) in Λ^-dimethylacetamide (3 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was raised to 25 0C for 5 minutes, then to 85 0C for 2 hours. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was diluted with 20% methanol/dichloromethane (50 mL), filtered through celite and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (gradient elution using 30-60% methanol/ethyl acetate) gave 0.318 g 1 -(657-dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)- lH-indazole-3-carboxylic acid (42.4 % yield). A lO mg portion of the purified product was further purified by preparative HPLC. LC/MS (EI) tR 5.65 min (Method B)5 m/z 351.1 (M++ 1).
[00182] Step 2. A mixture of 1 -(6,7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)- 1 H-indazole-3 - carboxylic acid (30 mg, 0.08 mmol, prepared as in Step 1 above), cyclopropylamine (0.00978 g, 0.171 mol), N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide (21.4 μL), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (5.8 mg, 0.043 mol), and N,N-dimethylformarnide (2.00 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 8- h. The solvent was then evaporated. The resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL), and the solution was washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate and concentrated. Purification by preparative HPLC gave 0.009 g of N-cyclopropyI-l-(6,7~dimethoxycinnolin- 4-yl)-l H-indazole-3 -carboxamide hydroformate as light yellow solid (30 % yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) 9.34 (b, IH), 8.59 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.91 (s, IH), 7.55-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.06 (s, IH), 4.16 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.00 (b, IH), 0.93 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 0.71 (s, 2H), LC/MS (EI) tR 6.34 min (Method B), m/z 390.1 (M++l).
Example 3 Synthesis of 6.7-dimethoxy-4-r4-r2-methoxyethoxyVlH-indazol-l-vncinnoline
Figure imgf000055_0001
[00183] Into a 5 mL microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (200 mg, 0.743 mmol, prepared as described in Reference B above), 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-lH- indazole (171.0 mg, 0.8895 mmol), copper (I) iodide (28 mg, 0.15 mmol), potassium carbonate (206.7 mg, 1.496 mmol), N,N'-dimethyl-l,2-ethanediamine (32 μL) and toluene • (6.00 mL). The resulting dark, olive-green colored suspension was heated at 115 0C for 24 h. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 10:90 to 80:20 acetonitrile:water with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min) to give 0.031 g of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-lH-indazol-l-yl]cinnoline (11 % yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) 9.38 (s, IH)5 8.29 (s, IH), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.74 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.52 (s, IH), 7.05 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, IH), 6.90 (s, IH), 4.15 (s, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.87 (m, 4H), 3.21 (m, 4H), LC/MS (EI) tR 6.39 min (Method B), m/z 381 (M+-I-I).
[00184] The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner to Example 4 using different starting materials:
6.7-Dimethoxy-4-r5-f2-methoxyethoxy)- 1 H-indazol- 1 -vllcinnoline:
Figure imgf000055_0002
[00185] Prepared using 5-(2-methoxyethoxy)-lH-indazole to give 25 mg of above compound. LC/MS (EI) tR 6.12 min (Method B), m/z 381 (M++l). 6.7-Dimethoxy-4-f6-(2-methoxyethoxyVlH-indazol-l-vncinnoline:
Figure imgf000056_0001
[00186] Prepared using 6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-lH-indazole to give 15 mg of above compound. LC/MS (EI) tR 6.23 min (Method B), m/z 381 (M++!). ό^-Dimethoxy^-fS-pyridin-S-yl-lH-indazol-l-vDcinnoline:
Figure imgf000056_0002
[00187] Prepared using 5-pyridin-3-yl-lH-indazole to give 2 mg of above compound.
LC/MS (EI) tn 4.39 min (Method B), m/z 384 (M++!).
6,7-Dimethoxy-4-(5-pyridin-4-yl- 1 H-indazol- 1 -vPcmnoline:
Figure imgf000056_0003
[00188] Prepared using 5-ρyridin-4-yl-lH-indazole to give 2 mg of above compound.
LC/MS (EI) tø 3.89 min (Method B), m/z 384 (M++!).
Example 4 Synthesis of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(6-morpholin-4-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline
Figure imgf000056_0004
[00189] Step l. Into a 5 mL microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (250 mg, 0.743 mmol, prepared as described in Example 1 above), 6- bromo-lH-indazole (219.1 mg, 1.112 mmol), copper(I) iodide (18 mg, 0.093 mmol), potassium carbonate (258.4 mg, 1.870 mmol), N,N'-dimethyl-l,2-ethanediamine (40 μL) and toluene (1 mL) The resulting dark, olive-green colored suspension was heated at 115 0C for 24 h. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (using a gradient of 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 100% hexanes) to give 0.342 g of 4-(6-bromo-lH-indazol-l- yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (95.6 % yield) which was used in the next step without further purification.
[00190] Step 2. Into a 10 ml sealed microwave tube was added 4-(6-bromo-lH- indazol-l-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (100 mg, 0.260 mmol, prepared as described in step 1 above, morpholine (34.0 μL, 0.389 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL), tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (24 mg, 0.026 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-4,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (22 mg, 0.039 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (74.8 mg, 0.779 mmol), and the resulting mixture was heated to 70 0C for 12 h. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 10:90 to 80:20 acetonitrile: water with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min) to give 6 mg of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(6- morpholin-4-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline (6 % yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) 9.36 (s, IH), 8.53 (s, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 7.44 (s, IH), 7.40 (m, IH), 7.16 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 6.66 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 4.36 (m. 2H), 4.14 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.53 (s, 3H), LC/MS (EI) tR 6.03 min (Method B), m/z 692 (M++l).
[00191] The following compound was prepared in a similar manner to Example 4 using different starting materials:
6.7-Dimethoxy-4-f5-morDholin-4-yl-lH-indazol-l-vncinnoline:
Figure imgf000057_0001
[00192] Prepared using 5-bromo-lH-indazole to give above compound. LC/MS (EI) fø
5.72 min (Method B), m/z 392 (M++l). Example 5 Synthesis of 6.7-dimethoxy-4-(4-morpholin-4- yl- 1 H-indazol- 1 - vDcinnoline
Figure imgf000058_0001
[00193] Step 1. w-Butyllithium (0.0704 g, 1.10 mmol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes to a chilled (-30 0C) solution of 4-bromo-lH-indazole (0.197 g, 1.00 mmol) in N5N- dimethylacetamide (3 mL). To this was added a mixture of tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (0.04 g, 0.05 mmol), 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (0.269 g, 1.00 mmol) and triethylamine (420 μL) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (3 mL). The temperature of the reaction was raised to 0C for 5 minutes, then to 85 0C for 12 h. The solvent was then evaporated and the residue was diluted with 10% methanol/dichloromethane (100 mL) and filtered through celite. The solution was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (using a gradient of 3-6% methanol/dichloromethane as eluent), followed by preparative HPLC to afford 120 mg (31.2 % yield) of 4-(4-bromo-l H-indazol- l-yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline as an off-white solid, m/z 385.0 (M++l).
[00194] Step 2. A mixture of4-(4-bromo-lH-indazol-l-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
(25 mg, 0.065 mmol, prepared as described in Step 1 above), morpholine (10.2 mL, 0.117 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (7.1 mg, 0.0078 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-4,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthane (6.8 mg, 0.012 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL) and sodium tert-butoxide ( 22.4 mg, 0.234 mol) was heated at 82 0C for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with 10% methanol/dichloromethane (50 mL) and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated and the product was purified by column chromatography (using a gradient of 3-5% methanol/dichloromethane as eluent) followed by preparative TLC to afford 15 mg (59 % yield) of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(4-morpholin-4-yl-lH- indazol-l-yl)cinnoline as a light yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) 9.35 (s, IH), 8.41 (s, IH), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.70 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 4.15 (s, 3H)54.01 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.39 (t, J = 4.5 Hz5 4H), LC/MS (EI) tR 6.6 min (Method B), m/z 392.1 (M++ 1). [00195] The following compound was prepared in a similar manner to Example 5 using different starting materials:
6.7-Dimethoxy-4-r4-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -vD- 1 H-indazol- 1 -ylicinnoline:
Figure imgf000059_0001
[00196] Prepared using 1-methyl-piperazine in Example 5, Step 2 above, to give 8.0 mg of above compound. LC/MS (EI) tR 4.76 min (Method E), m/z 476 (M+-Hl).
Example 6 Synthesis of 4-f 2.3 -dihvdro- 1.4-benzodioxin-6-ylV 6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
Figure imgf000059_0002
[00197] Into a 5 mL microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
(50.3 mg, 0.187 mmol), l,4-benzodioxane-6-boronic acid (38.6 mg, 0.214 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium(II) chloride (26.2 mg, 0.0373 mmol), sodium carbonate (2.00 M solution in water, 140 μL) and a mixture of 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane:water:ethanol (7:3:2 ratio, 900 μL). The resulting brown suspension was subjected to microwave radiation at a temperature of 140 0C for 5.0 minutes. The mixture was then filtered through celite, which was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organics were combined and washed with water (2OmL, to which a few drops of brine were added), and then washed with brine (15 mL). The organic layer was loaded onto an SCX column (0.5g). The SCX column was rinsed several times with two column volumes of methanol and the product was eluted using 7.0 M ammonia in methanol (5 mL). Volatiles were removed in vacuo to afford 59.7 mg of a yellow solid which contained 4.8wt % dichloromethane. Tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL) and ether (0.1 mL) were then added and removed in vacuo to give 56.8 mg of 4-(2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxin-6-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline as a yellow solid (which contained 1.7 wt % tetrahydrofuran by 1H NMR). 1H NMR (CDCl3) d 9.03 (s, 1 H), 7.79 (s, 1 H)5 6.93 (s, 1 H), 7.22 (s, 1 H)5 7.10 (s, 1 H)5 7.06 (s, 2 H)5 4.37 (s, 4 H)5 4.12 (s, 3 H)5 3.96 (s, 3 H). LC/MS (EI) tR 4.0 min (Method D), m/z 325.1 (M++l).
[00198] The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner to Example 6 using different starting materials:
4-fl.3-benzodioxol-5-ylV6.7-dimethoxvcinnoline:
Figure imgf000060_0001
[00199] Prepared using 3,4-methylenedioxyphenylboronic acid. Purification did not involve the addition and removal of tetrahydrbfuran/ether (8.4 mg, 10 % yield). LC/MS (EI) tR 4.0 min (Method D)5 m/z 311.1 (M+-I-I).
7-(6.7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-vO-4-methyl-3 ,4-dihvdro-2H- 1 ,4-benzoxazine:
Figure imgf000060_0002
[00200] Prepared using 4-methyl-7-(4,455,5-tetramethyl-l 53,2-dioxaboralan-2-yl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-l ,4-benzoxazine. Purification by column chromatography using a gradient of chloroform to 10% methanol in chloroform afforded 62 mg (98 % yield). LC/MS (EI) tR 3.17 min (Method D)5 m/z 338 (M++l).
6.7-Dimethoxy-4-(4-pyridin-4-yl- 1 H-indazol- 1 -vDcinnoline:
Figure imgf000060_0003
[00201] Prepared using pyridine-4-boronic and 4-(4-bromo- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (prepared as described above in Example 5, Step 1). Purification by preparative HPLC afforded 13 mg (52 % yield). LC/MS (EI) tR 4.78 min (Method B), m/z 384.1 (M++l).
Example 7 Synthesis of 6,7-dimetfioxy-4-r2-phenylmorpholin-4-v0cinnoIine
Figure imgf000061_0001
[00202] Into a 10 ml sealed microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (99.9 mg, 0.371 mmol), 2-phenylmorpholine hydrochloride (89.6 mg, 0.449 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (20.4 mg, 0.0223 mmol), 9,9- dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthane (22.8 mg, 0.0394 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (93.8 mg, 0.976 mmol) and toluene (3 mL). The resulting red-brown suspension was stirred at 50 0C overnight, and then filtered through celite, which was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined organics were concentrated, and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (using a gradient elution of 20-80% acetonitrile: water with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min). The organic layer was loaded onto an SCX column (1.0 g). The SCX column was rinsed once with two column volumes of methanol and the product was eluted using 7.0 M ammonia in methanol (8 mL). Volatiles were removed in vacuo to afford 48.3 mg of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(2-phenylmorpholin-4-yl)cinnoline (37.0 % yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) d 8.81 (s, 1 H), 7.71 (s, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 5 H), 7.17 (s, 1 H), 4.88 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.28 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.17 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (s, 6 H), 3.64 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.52 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.29 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.07 (t, J = 12.0 Hz, 1 H). LC/MS (EI) tR 4.2 min (Method B), m/z 352.1 (M++!).
[00203] The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner to Example 7 using different starting materials: 6.7-Dimethoxy-4-f2-f4-methoxyphenvnniorpholin-4-yl1cinnoline:
Figure imgf000062_0001
[00204] Prepared using 2-(4-methoxyphenyI)morpholine to give 23.9 mg of above compound. LC/MS (EI) tR 4.2 min (Method B), m/z 382.2 (M++!).
4-r2-f4-Fluorophenyl)moroholin-4-yl1-6,7-dimethoxvcinnoline:
Figure imgf000062_0002
[00205] Prepared using 2-(4-fluorophenyl)morpholine to give 5.3 mg of above compound. LC/MS (EI) tR 4.5 min (Method B), m/z 370.1 (M++l).
4-r2-(2-ChlorophenvDmoroholin-4-vH-6.7-dimethoxvcinnoline:
Figure imgf000062_0003
[00206] Prepared using 2-(2-chlorophenyl)morpholine oxalate to give 9.5 mg of above compound. LC/MS (EI) tR A.I min (Method B), m/z 386.1 (M++!).
6,7-Dimethoxy-4-C4-phenoxypiperidin-l-vl')cinnoline:
Figure imgf000062_0004
[00207] Prepared using 4-phenoxypiperidine hydrochloride to give 42.1 mg of above compound. LC/MS (EI) tR 4.4 min (Method B), m/z 366.2 (M+-H).
6.7-Dimethoxy-4-(2-pyridin-3-ylmoφholin-4-vDcinnoline:
Figure imgf000063_0001
[00208] Prepared using 2-pyridin-3-yl-morpholine oxalate to give above compound.
The product was further purified by separating a dichloromethane solution of the crude product on a Berger Mini-Gram (4.6 mm x 250 mm pyridine column with an isocratic 6.0 min run of 10 % methanol with 0.1% 1,2-dimethoxyethane and a flow rate of 9.9 mL/min. 8.7 mg (S.I % yield). LC/MS (EI) tR 2.7 min (Method B)5 m/z 353.1 (M+-H). 6.7-Dimethoxy-4-(4-methyl-3-phenylpiperazin- 1 -vPcinnoline:
Figure imgf000063_0002
[00209] Prepared using 1 -methyl-2-phenylpiperazine dihydrochloride. m/z 365.1
(M++!). 6,7-Dimethoxy-4-r2-(pytτolidin-l-ylmethyl*)morpholin-4-yllcinnoline:
Figure imgf000063_0003
[00210] Prepared using 2-(pyrrolidin-l-ylmethyl)moφholine. m/z 359.2 (M++!). 1 '-(6,7-Dimethoxvcinnolin-4-vlV1.3'-bipiDeridin-2-one:
Figure imgf000064_0001
[00211] Prepared using 3-(N-delta-valerolactam)piperidine hydrochloride (reaction time of 2.7 days at 50 0C). m/z 371.2 (M+-M).
6.7-Dimethoxy-4-r3-f pyrrolidin- 1 -ylcarbonvDpiperidin- 1 -yllcinnoline:
Figure imgf000064_0002
[00212] Prepared using 3-(pyrrolidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)piperidine (reaction time of 2.7 days at 50 0C). m/z 371.2 (M+-I-I).
4-(3-Benzylpir>eridin-l-yl*)-6.7-dimethoxvcinnoline:
Figure imgf000064_0003
[00213] Prepared using 3-benzylpiperidine (reaction time of 2.7 days at 50 0C). m/z
364.2 (M++!). Example 8 Synthesis of όJ-dimethoxy^-O-phenylpyrrolidin- 1 -yHcinnoline
Figure imgf000065_0001
[00214] Into a 5mL microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
(117.9 mg, 0.4381 mmol) and 3-phenylpyrrolidine (52.9 mg, 0.359 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) (17.4 mg, 0.0190 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-4,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (31.5 mg, 0.0544 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (74.3 mg, 0.773 mmol) and toluene (0.7 mL). The resulting yellow-green suspension was stirred at 60 0C overnight. Aqueous hydrogen chloride (0.1 M, 5 mL) was then added, resulting a yellow solution and brown flocculent precipitate. The solution was filtered through celite, and the solution was adjusted to apH of approximately 11-12, resulting a cloud yellow emulsion. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (1 x 20 mL) and the organics were washed with an aqueous saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (1 x 15 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford an orange oil. The flocculent brown precipitate was extracted with warm acetonitrile (20 mL) and the solution was filtered through celite and then concentrated. The combined products were purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 20-80% acetonitrile: water with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min). The organic layer was then loaded onto an SCX column (0.5g). The SCX column was rinsed approximately 2 mL of methanol and the product was eluted using 2 M ammonia in methanol (70 mL). Volatiles were removed in vacuo to afford 23.6 mg of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(3-phenylpyrrolidin-l-yl)cinnoline as a yellow-green solid (19.6% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3) d 8.53 (s, 1 H), 7.65 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (m, 5 H), 4.13 (m, 1 H)5 4.07 (s, 3 H), 3.97 (s, 3 H), 3.89 (m, 2 H), 3.60 (qn, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.51 (m, 1 H), 2.26 (qn, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.01 (s, 1 H). LC/MS (EI) tR 4.2 min (Method B), m/z 336.2 (M++!). Example 9 Synthesis of 4-f5-rbenzyloxy*)-lH-inda2θl-l-yll-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
Figure imgf000066_0001
[00215] Into a 10 ml sealed microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (250 mg, 0.929 mmol), 5-(benzyloxy)-lH-indazole (189 mg, 0.844 mmol), toluene (5.0 mL), tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (40 mg, 0.04 mmol) 9,9- dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (49 mg, 0.084 mmol), and sodium tert- butoxide (240 mg, 2.5 mmol) and the reaction was heated to at 80 0C for 12 h. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (using a gradient elution 10:90 to 80:20 acetonitrilerwater with 0.1% formic acid and a flow rate of 45 mL/min).The product was further purified on a Berger SFC Minigram instrument using 10 % methanol (with 0.4% dimethylethylamine) modifier on a pyridine column (7.8 x 250 mm) at a pressure of 120 bar, a flow rate of 9.9 mL/min and a column temperature of 35 0C, to afford 11 mg of 4-[5- (benzyloxy)-lH-indazol-l-yl]-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (3.2% yield), m/z 413 (M++ 1). [00216] The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner to Example 9 using different starting materials:
4- F6-f BenzyloxyV 1 H-indazol- 1 -yll -6.7 -dimethoxycinnoline :
Figure imgf000066_0002
[00217] Prepared using 6-(benzyloxy)-lH-indazole to give 23 mg of above compound, m/z 413 (M+-H).
4-(lH-Indazol-l-ylV6.7-dimethoxvcinnoline:
Figure imgf000066_0003
[00218] Prepared using lH-indazole to give 38 mg of above compound, m/z 307
(M++!).
Example 10
Synthesis of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-fr2SV2-phenylmorpholin-4-yllcinnoline and 6.7-dimethoxy-4- r(2R>2-ρhenylmorpholin-4-vπcinnoline
Figure imgf000067_0001
[00219] Racemic 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(2-phenylmorpholin-4-yl)cinnoline was prepared as described in Example 7 above. Resolution of this compound into the two enantiomeric forms was accomplished as follows.
[00220] 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(2-phenylmorpholin-4-yl)cinnoline (40.6 mg) was dissolved in methanol (1.0 mL) and dichloromethane (0.4 mL). The resulting solution was resolved on a Berger SFC Mini-Gram instrument using a 4.6 mm x 250mm Chiral OJ column with an isocratic 6.0 min run of 39 % methanol (no dimethoxyethane) in liquid carbon dioxide with a flow rate of 9.9mL/min. Product collection was by forced time windows at a wavelength of 240nm. The fraction collected between 3.3 and 4.6 min contained 18.0 mg of 6,7-dimethoxy- 4-[(2S)-2-phenylmorpholin-4-yl]cinnoline (99+ % enantiomeric excess), LC/MS (EI) tR 4.2 min (Method B), m/z 352.1 (M++!). The fraction collected between 4.6 and 5.6 min contained 17.9 mg of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-[(2R)-2-phenylmorpholin-4-yl]cinnoline (99+ % enantiomeric excess), LC/MS (EI) tR 4.2 min (Method B), m/z 352.1 (M++l). [00221] The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner to Example 10 using different starting materials:
(3 'RV 1 '-(6.7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-ylV 1.3 '-bipiperidin-2-one and (3 'S )- 1 '-(6,7- dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl*)- 1 ,3'-bipiperidin-2-one;
Figure imgf000067_0002
[00222] Racemic 1 '-(6,7-dirnethoxycinnolin-4-yl)- 1 ,3 '-bipiperidin-2-one was prepared as described above in Example 7. Using a similar resolution procedure (5.9 min run of 40 % methanol with 0.5 % dimethoxyethane), the fraction collected between 3.7 and 4.4 min contained 12.7 mg of (S'^-r-CόJ-dimethoxycinnolin^-yO-l^'-bipiperidin^-one (99+ % enantiomeric excess), LC/MS (EI) tR 3.35 min (Method B), m/z 371.2 (M++!). The fraction collected between 4.5 and 5.4 min contained 14.4 mg of (31S)-I '-(6,7-dimethoxycinnoIin-4- yl)-l,3'-bipiperidin-2-one (94-98 % enantiomeric excess), LC/MS (EI) tR 3.35 min (Method B)5 m/z 371.2 (M++!)-
Example 11 Synthesis of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-f 5-pyridin-4-yl- 1 H-indazol- 1 -vDcinnoline
Figure imgf000068_0001
[00223] Into a 5 mL microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (230 mg, 0.856 mmol), 5-pyridinr4-yl-lH-indazole (200 mg, 1.02 mmol), copper(I) iodide (33 mg, 0.17 mmol). potassium carbonate (238.1 mg, 1.723 mmol), N,N'-dimethyl-l,2-ethanediamine (36 μL, 0.34 mmol) and toluene (6.91 mL). The dark, olive-green colored suspension was heated at 115 0C for 24 hours. The material was diluted in 100 mL of 5% MeOH in DCM and filtered through a pad a celite and washed with DCM. The combined filtrate was collected and washed with 2 x 30 mL of brine and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by Cl 8 reverse phase preparative HPLC using CH3CNrHaQ with 0.1% formic acid as solvent system in a gradient elution going from 10:90 to 80:20 at a flow rate of 45 mL/minute to provide 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(5-pyridin-4-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline.
Example 12 Synthesis of 4-C3 -benzvlpvrrolidin- 1 -ylVό^-dimethoxvcinnoline
Figure imgf000068_0002
[00224] Into a 10 mL sealed microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (50.0 mg, 0.186 mmol), 3-benzylpyrrolidine (36.0 mg, 0.223 mmol), toluene (1.5 mL, 0.014 mol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (8.0 mg, 0.0087 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (11 mg, 0.019 mol) and sodium tert-butoxide (26.8 mg, 0.279 mol). The reaction mixture was heated to 50 0C for 18h and then was loaded onto a 1Og SCX column and pushed through with MeOH (1 volume). Elution with NH3 in MeOH, followed by concentration on the rotovap provided the crude product. Purification by rotary chromatography using a gradient elution going from 100% chloroform to 10% methanol in chloroform provided 51 mg of 4-(3-benzylpyrrolidin-l-yl)- 6,7-dimethoxycinnoline.
Example 13
Synthesis of 4-f2-r4-fluorophenylV2-methylmorpholin-4-yl1-6.7-dimethoxycinnoline
Figure imgf000069_0001
[00225] Into a flame-dried 5 mL microwave tube under argon was added 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (84.1 mg, 0.312 mmol), commercially available 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- methyl-morpholine (49.9 mg, 0.256 mol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) (12.1 mg, 0.0132 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (15.0 mg, 0.0259 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (35.7 mg, 0.371 mmol) and toluene (0.6 mL, 6 mmol). The resulting brown suspension was stirred at 50 0C overnight and turned to red-pink suspension by morning. The reaction was monitored by LC/MS and upon completion was loaded onto a 1.76 g SCX column, rinsed with methanol (30 mL, 0.7 mol) and product was eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in methanol (~10 mL) and concentrated (rotovap). The product was purified on a Cl 8 preparative HPLC column (30 x 100 mm) using a gradient of CH3CNrH2O (with 0.1% formic acid) going from 20% CH3CN to 80% CH3CN over 8 minutes and a flow rate of 45 mL/min. Detection was performed at wavelength 390nm and the product had a retention time of 3.5 minutes. The product was loaded onto an SCX column and washed with one column volume of MeOH and then eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in MeOH (15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to provide 13.2 mg of 4-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline as a yellow solid. LC/MS: M + H+ = 384.1 Example 14
Synthesis of 4-{4-f4-(cvclopropylmethyπpiperazin-l -yl"|-lH-indazol-l -vB-6.7- dimethoxvcinnoline
Figure imgf000070_0001
[00226] Step 1. A solution of 4-bromo-lH-indazole (0.197 g, 1.00 mmol) in 3 mL of
DMA was stirred with n-butyl lithium (0.0704 g, 1.10 mmol) at -30 0C for 30 minutes. A mixture of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinπoline (0.269 g, 1.00 mmol) and triethylamine (420 uL, 3.0 mmol) in 3 mL of DMA was added and the temperature of the reaction mixture was raised to 25 0C for 5 minutes and then to 85 0C for 12 hours. The reaction was monitored by LC/MS. Upon completion, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was diluted with 100 mL of 10% MeOH/DCM and filtered through celite. The solution was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient elution going from 3% to 6% MeOH in DCM. The compound was further purified by preparative HPLC (prep2080, rt 6.73 min) to give 4-(4-bromo-lH-indazol-l-yl)- 6,7-dimethoxycinnoline as an off white powder.
[00227] Step 2. A mixture of 4-(4-bromo-lH-indazol-l-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
(0.200 g, 0.000519 mol), piperazine (0.4 g, 0.005 mol), tetrahydrofuran (6.00 mL, 0.0740 mol), 2-dicyclohexyl-phosphino-2's4',6'-tri-i-propyl-l,r-biphenyl (0.035 g, 0.073 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) (0.035 g, 0.038 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.150 g, 0.00156 mol) was microwaved at 140 0C for 15 minutes. The resulting mixture was diluted with 30 mL of 5% MeOH/DCM and filtered through a pad of celite. The solution was concentrated and purified by column chromatography using a gradient elution going from 20% to 60% MeOH in DCM to give 4-(4-piperazin-l-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline as a yellow solid 0.072 g (36%).
[00228] Step 3. 6,7-Dimethoxy-4-piperazin-l-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline (20 mg,
0.051 mmol), cyclopropylmethyl bromide (0.010 mL, 0.1 mmol), potassium carbonate (21.2 mg, 0.154 mmol) and DMA (2.0 mL) were combined and the reaction mixture was warmed to 80 QC for 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient elution going from 3 to 8% MeOH in EtOAc. Additional purification by preparative HPLC (prep0560, uv 250 nm, rt 4.52 min) provided 4-{4-[4- (cyclopropylmethy^piperazin-l-ylJ-lH-indazol-l-y^-βjT-dimethoxycinnoline as a yellow solid. LC/MS 635_26 2080_8 min, rt 3.86 min, M+H 445.2, M+2H 223.2.
Example 15 Synthesis of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1 H-indazol- 1 -vDcinnoline
Figure imgf000071_0001
[00229] 4-(4-Bromo- 1 H-indazol- 1 -yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline (45 mg, 0.1.2 mmol), pyrrolidine (33 mg. 0.47 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (4.0 mL), 2-dicyclohexylphosphio-2',4',6'- tri-i-propyl-l,l'-biphenyl (8.0 mg, 0.017 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (44.9 mg, 0.47 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (8 mg, 0.09 mmol) were combined in a microwave tube and irradiated in a microwave oven at 300 W to 140 0C for 8.30 minutes. The resulting mixture was diluted with 30 mL of DCM, filtered through celite, concentrated and purified by column chromatography using 1-3% MeOH in 1 :1 EtOAc/hexane, DMEA 0.5% as eluant. The product was further purified by HPLC (preplO8O, rt 7.23 min, uv 246 nm) to give 6,7-dimethoxy-4-(4-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indazol-l-yl)cinnoline as a brown solid. LC/MS M+H 376.2.
Example 16 Synthesis of 4-(6,7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-ylV6-(3-methoxyphenvπmorpholin-3-one
Figure imgf000071_0002
[00230] Into a 5 mL microwave tube was added 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
(63.6 tng, 0.236 mmol), 6-(3-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-3-one (41.7 mg, 0.201 mmol), copper(I) iodide (5.7 mg, 0.030 mmol), potassium carbonate (68.8 mg, 0.498 mmol), N,N'- dimethyl-l,2-ethanediamine (10 μL, 0.1 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (0.3 mL, 0.004 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at 115 0C for 18.0 hours, filtered through celite rinsing with methylene chloride (20 mL) and concentrated (rotovap). The compound was purified on a Cl 8 preparative HPLC column (30x100 mm) using acetonitrile in water (with 0.1% formic acid) in a gradient fashion going from 20% CH3CN to 80 % CH3CN with a flow rate of 45 mL/min. Detection was performed at wavelength 325 nm and the product was collected from 4.8 to 5.0 minutes. The material was loaded onto an SCX column, rinsed with one column volume of MeOH and eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in methanol (10 mL). Removal of the solvent (rotovap) and drying under reduced pressure provided 9.9 mg of 4-(6,7- dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)-6-(3-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-3-one as a light yellow solid.
Example 17
Synthesis of 7-methoxy-4-r(2SV2-(4-methoxyphenvπmorpholin-4-yll-6-('2,2,2- trifluoroethoxv*)cinnoline
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00231] Step l. A mixture of 6-(benzyloxy)-7-methoxy-4-[2-(4- methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl]cinnoline (70.0 mg, 0.153 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (5.00 mL, 64.9 mmol) and anisole (0.500 mL, 4.60 mmol) was sealed in a microwave tube and heated to 100 0C for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue was treated with 3 mL of 2M KOH in 85% MeOH and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The pH was adjusted to 6 by the addition of acetic acid. The resulting mixture was diluted with 30 mL of EtOAc and 3 mL of water, stirred vigorously for 5 minutes and the organic phase was separated and concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography using a gradient elution going from 5 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give 6- hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl]cinnoline as a brown gum 0.040 mg (yield 71.2%). [00232] Step 2. Sodium hydride (0.0072 g, 0.18 mmol) was added to a solution of 7- methoxy-4-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yl]cinnolin-6-ol (0.055 g, 0.15 mmol) in DMA (3.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour and 2-iodo- 1,1,1-trifiuoroethane (0.038 g, 0.18 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture stirred at ambient temperature for 8 hours and was then warmed to 70 0C for 72 hours. LC/MS showed ~10% conversion and 10 mL of sodium bicarbonate and 30 mL of EtOAc were added and stirring continued for 5 minutes. The organic phase was separated, concentrated and purified by HPLC (prepl060, uv 267, rt 4.88 min) followed by column chromatography (8-12% MeOH/EtOAc) to give 7-methoxy-4-[(2S)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)morpholin-4-yI]-6-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)cinnoline as a yellow gum. LC/MS M+H 450.1.
Example 18 Synthesis of l-{ri-(6.7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)piperidin-3-vnmethvπpyrrolidin-2-one
Figure imgf000073_0001
[00233] Into a flame-dried 5 mL microwave tube under argon was added 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline (99.2 mg, 0.369 mmol), l-(piperidin-3-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (50.7 mg, 0.278 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (13.9 mg, 0.0152 mmol), 9,9- dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (17.4 mg, 0.0301 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (41.1 mg, 0.428 mmol) and toluene (0.7 mL, 0.006 mol). The resulting yellow-brown suspension was warmed to 50 0C for 20.0 hours with stirring, cooled to room temperature for 2-3 hours and filtered through celite rinsing with 30 mL of 10% MeOH in DCM. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC on a Cl 8 column (30x100 mm) using 15% CH3CN and 85% water with 0.1% formic acid for 4.0 min, followed by a gradient going from 15% CH3CN to 80% CH3CN in water with 0.1% formic acid with a flow rate of 45 mL/min. Detection was performed at a wavelength of 387 nm and the product was collected from 2.25 to 3.0 minutes. The material was loaded onto an SCX column (0.6Og), washed with one column volume of MeOH. (yellow band at top of column), eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in methanol (8 mL) and concentrated. The product was further purified on a Berger SFC Mini-Gram using a 10.0mm x 250mm pyridine column using 15.0% MeOH with 0.1% DME in CO2(I) as eluant with a flow rate of 9.9 mL/min and total run time of 5.0 minutes. 8OuL injections were run in sequence until all material was consumed. Collection was performed at wavelength=240nm and the product had a retention time of 3.0 to 3.6 minutes to provide 26.3 mg of l-{[l-(6,7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)piperidin-3- yl]methyl}pyrrolidin-2-one as a yellow solid. LC/MS: M+H+ 371.2.
Synthesis 19 Synthesis of 6,7-dimethoxy-4-f2-(4-methoxyphenyl*)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yllcinnoline
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00234] Into a 25 mL round bottom flask was added 4-bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
(150 mg, 0.56 mmol), 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-methylmorpholine (140 mg, 0.67 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipaIIadium(0) (26 mg, 0.028 mmol), 9,9-dimethyl-4,5- bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (32 mg, 0.056 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (80 mg, 0.84 mol) and toluene (2 mL). The yellow-brown suspension was stirred for 24 hours at 55 °CS and then flushed through an SCX column with methanol and eluted with 2.0 M ammonia in methanol. The material was purified by rotary chromatography using a gradient elution going from 100% chloroform to 10% methanol in chloroform to provide 6,7-dimethoxy-4-[2- (4-methoxyphenyl)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]cinnoline as a reddish foam.
Example 20 Synthesis of 1 -(6.7-dimethoxycinnolin-4-ylVN-(4-methoxyben2yl')piperidin-4-amine
Figure imgf000074_0002
[00235] l-(6,7-Dimethoxycinnolin-4-yl)piperidin-4-amine (0.12 g, 0.42 mmol), 2 mL of methylene chloride and 4-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.085 g5 0.62 mmol) were combined and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes followed by the addition of sodium cyanoboro hydride (0.08 g, 1 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred overnight and then purified on a 12 g silica gel column using a gradient elution going from 100% CH2CI2 to 50% (8:1 :1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/7M NH3 in MeOH)/CH2Cl2 to provide l-(6,7-dimethoxy-cinnolin-4- yl)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)piperidin-4-amine. Biological Examples
Example 21 mPDE10A7 Enzyme Activity and Inhibition
[00236] Enzyme Activity: To analyze the enzyme activity, 5 μL of serial diluted mPDE10A7 containing lysate were incubated with equal volumes of diluted (100-fold) fluorescein labeled cAMP or cGMP for 30 minutes in MDC HE 96-well assay plates at room temperature. Both the enzyme and the substrates were diluted in the following assay buffer: Tris/HCl (pH 8.0) 50 mM, MgCl2 5 mM, 2-mercaptoethanol 4 mM, BSA 0.33 mg/mL. After incubation, the reaction was stopped by adding 20 μL of diluted (400-fold) binding reagents and was incubated for an hour at room temperature. The plates were counted in an Analyst GT (Molecular Devices) for fluorescence polarization. An IMAP Assay kit (Molecular Device) was used to assess enzyme properties of mPDE10A7. Data were analyzed with SoftMax Pro.
[00237] Enzyme Inhibition: To check the inhibition profile, 10 μL of serial diluted compounds were incubated with 30μl of diluted PDE enzymes in a 96-well polystyrene assay plate for 30 minutes at room temperature. After incubation, 5 μL of the compound-enzyme mixture were aliquoted into a MDC HE black plate, mixed with 5μl of 100-fold diluted fluorescein labeled substrates (cAMP or cGMP), and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was stopped by adding 20 μL of diluted binding reagents and counted in an Analyst GT for fluorescence polarization. The data were analyzed with SSoftMax Pro. The ICso values of representative compounds of this invention are shown in Tables 3 and 4 below.
Table 3
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0002
Table 4
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000077_0003
Example 22 Apomorphine Induced Deficits in Prepulse Inhibition of the Startle Response in Rats, an in vivo Test for Antipsychotic Activity
[00238] The thought disorders that are characteristic of schizophrenia may result from an inability to filter, or gate, sensorimotor information. The ability to gate sensorimotor information can be tested in many animals as well as in humans. A test that is commonly used is the reversal of apomorphine-induced deficits in the prepulse inhibition of the startle response. The startle response is a reflex to a sudden intense stimulus such as a burst of noise. In this example, rats are exposed to a sudden burst of noise, at a level of 120 db for 40 msec, e.g. the reflex activity of the rats is measured. The reflex of the rats to the burst of noise may be attenuated by preceding the startle stimulus with a stimulus of lower intensity, at 3 to 12 db above background (65 db), which will attenuate the startle reflex by 20 to 80%. [00239] The prepulse inhibition of the startle reflex, described above, may be attenuated by drugs that affect receptor signaling pathways in the CNS. One commonly used drug is the dopamine receptor agonist apomorphine. Administration of apomorphine will reduce the inhibition of the startle reflex produced by the prepulse. Antipsychotic drugs such as haloperidol will prevent apomorphine from reducing the prepulse inhibition of the startle reflex. This assay may be used to test the antipsychotic efficacy of PDElO inhibitors. Representative compounds provided herein were tested and determined to reduce the apomorphine-induced deficit in the prepulse inhibition of startle.
[00240] . The foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example, for purposes of clarity and understanding. It will be obvious to one of skill in the art that changes and modifications may be practiced within the scope of the appended claims. Therefore, it is to be understood that the above description is intended to be illustrative and not restrictive. The scope of the invention should, therefore, be determined not with reference to the above description, but should instead be determined with reference to the following appended claims, along with the full scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled.
[00241] All patents, patent applications and publications cited in this application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes to the same extent as if each individual patent, patent application or publication were so individually denoted.

Claims

What is Claimed:
1. A compound of Formula (I) :
Figure imgf000079_0001
(D wherein:
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, or haloalkyl; and R3 is:
(i) a ring of formula (a)
Figure imgf000079_0002
(a) where A is a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven membered heterocyclyl ring and the ring of formula (a) is substituted with:
R4 where R4 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR7 (where X is — O-, -CO-, - C(O)O-, -NR8CO-, -CONR9-, -NR10-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR11SO2-, or -SO2NR12- where R8, R9, R10, R1 ' and R12 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R7 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R5 and R6 where R5 and R6 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxy carbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfmyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R4, R5, R6, and R7 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Ra, Rb, and Rc which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfϊnyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rd and Rc where Rd and Rc are independently hydrogen or fluoro; (ii) a ring of formula (b) or (c):
Figure imgf000080_0001
(b) (C) where:
X1, X2, and X3 are independently carbon, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur provided that at least two of X1, X2, and X3 are other than carbon;
X4, X5, X6 and X7 are independently carbon or nitrogen provided that at least two of X4, X5, X6 and X7 are other than carbon; and
B and C are phenyl, a five- or six-membered heteroaryl ring (wherein the five- membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur and the six-membered heteroaryl ring contains one or two nitrogen atoms, the rest of the ring atoms being carbon), or a monocyclic five-, six-, or seven- membered heterocyclyl ring; and wherein rings of formulae (b) and (c) are substituted with:
R13 where R13 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, - C(O)O-, -NR17CO-, -CONR18-, -NR19-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR20SO2-, or -SO2NR21- where R17, R18, R19, R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R14 and R15 where R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R13, R14, R15, and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from Rf, Rs, and Rh which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R1 and RJ where R1 and RJ are independently hydrogen or fluoro;
(iii) a monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with:
R22 where R22 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR25 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR26CO-, - CONR27-, -NR28-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR29SO2-, or -SO2NR30- where R26, R27, R28, R29 and R30 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R25 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R23 and R24 where R23 and R24 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, R24, and R2S is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, amino, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R" and R° where R" and R0 are independently hydrogen or fluoro; or
Figure imgf000081_0001
(iv) pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, or<2^J~dioxoimidazolidinyl substituted with: R31 where R31 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR34 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR35CO-, -CONR36-, -NR37-, - S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR38SO2-, or -SO2NR39- where R35, R36, R37, R38 and R39 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R34 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R and R where R and R are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R31, R32, R33, and R34 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rp, Rq, and Rr which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from Rs and R' where Rs and R1 are independently hydrogen or fluoro; an individual stereoisomer, mixtures of stereoisomers, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, provided that:
(i) the compound of Formula (I) is not 4-(4-(3-chlorophenyl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline; 4-(4-(benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline;
(ii) when R3 is pyrrolidin-1 -yl, R3 ' is not -XR34 where X is -O- and R34 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
(iii) when R3 is piperidin-1-yl, one of R23 and R24 is hydrogen, and R22 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then the other of R23 and R24 is not hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, cyano, hydroxyl, alkoxy, -COR, -CONRR' or -NRR1 (where R and R1 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or unsubstituted aryl), or -NHCOR (where R is alkyl or unsubstituted aryl); and
(iv) when R3 is piperidin-1-yl, R23 and R24 are both hydrogen or one of R23 and R24 is hydrogen and the other of R23 and R24 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl, then R22 is not -COR25 (where R25 is unsubstituted aryl), -COOR25 (where R25 is unsubstituted aryl), -CONR25R27, -NR25R28 or -NHCOR25 (where R27 and R28 are hydrogen, alkyl, or unsubstituted aryl, and each R25 is unsubstituted aryl).
2. The compound of Claim 1 wherein R5 and R6 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R4, R5, R6, and R7 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from Ra, Rb, and Rc which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from Rd and Re where Rd and Re are independently hydrogen or fluoro;
R13 where R13 is hydrogen, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR16 (where X is -O-, -CO-, -C(O)O-, -NR17CO-, -CONR18-, -NR19-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR20SO2-, or -SO2NR21- where R17, R18, R19, R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, acyl, or heterocyclylalkyl and R16 is cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl); and
R14 and R15 where R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R13, R14, R15, and R16 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from Rf, Rs, and Rh which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substitutents independently selected from R1 and Rj where R1 and RJ are independently hydrogen or fluoro; and
R23 and R24 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, acyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfϊnyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, R24, and R25 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio,- sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfmyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from R" and R0 where R" and R° are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
3. The compound of Claim 2 wherein R1 and R2 are alkyl and R3 is a ring of formula (a).
4. The compound of Claim 2 wherein R1 and R2 are alkyl or haloalkyl and R3 is a monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with R22, R23 and R24 wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, R24, and R25 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfϊnyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and additionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from Rn and R0 where Rn and R° are independently hydrogen or fluoro.
5. The compound of Claim 4 wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000085_0001
substituted, including the -NH- groups in the rings, with R , R23 and R24 wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, R24, and R25 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoalkoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthio, sulfϊnyl, sulfonyl, aminocarbonyl, aminosulfinyl, aminosulfonyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
6. The compound of Claim 4 wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000085_0002
where:
R22 is phenyl optionally substituted with Rk, R1 and Rm.
7. The compound of Claim 4 wherein R3 is a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000085_0003
where:
R22 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with Rk, R1 and Rm.
8. The compound of Claim 6 or 7 wherein R23 is hydrogen.
9. The compound of Claim 8 wherein R22 is phenyl substituted with Rk and R1.
10. The compound of Claim 8 where R22 is heteroaryl substituted with Rk and R1.
11. The compound of Claim 10 wherein R1 and R2 are alkyl.
12. The compound of Claim 2 wherein R1 and R2 are alkyl or haloalkyl and R3 is a ring of formula (b) substituted with R13, R14, and R15.
13. The compound of Claim 12 wherein R3 is a a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000086_0001
14. The compound of Claim 2 wherein
(i) R3 is monocyclic six- or seven-membered heterocyclyl ring substituted with
R22 and R23, where
R22 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or -XR25
(where X is -O-, -CO-, -NH6CO-, or -NH- where R25 is aryl, heterocyclyl, or aralkyl); R23 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyl, or acyl; and wherein the aromatic or alicyclic ring in R22, R23, and R25 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rk, R1, and Rm which are independently alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkoxy, hydroxyl, cyano, and disubstituted amino; or
(ii) R3 is pyrrolidin-1-yl substituted with R3i where R31 is aryl, aralkyl, or -XR34
(where X is -NHCO-, or -NH- where R34 is aryl or aralkyl) wherein the aromatic ring in R31 is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from Rp, Rq, and Rr which are alkoxy.
5. A compound selected from Tables 1 and 2 below:
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000087_0002
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0002
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000091_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Claim 1 or 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable expicient.
17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Claim 15 and a pharmaceutically acceptable expicient.
18. Use of a compound of Claim 1 , 2, or 15 in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disorder treatable by inhibition of PDElO in a patient.
19. The use of Claim 18 wherein the disorder is schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or obsessive-compulsive disorder.
PCT/US2007/004531 2006-02-21 2007-02-20 Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors WO2007098214A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008556410A JP2009527562A (en) 2006-02-21 2007-02-20 Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
AU2007217474A AU2007217474A1 (en) 2006-02-21 2007-02-20 Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
MX2008010671A MX2008010671A (en) 2006-02-21 2007-02-20 Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors.
CA002643983A CA2643983A1 (en) 2006-02-21 2007-02-20 Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
EP07751301A EP1991540A1 (en) 2006-02-21 2007-02-20 Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US77465606P 2006-02-21 2006-02-21
US60/774,656 2006-02-21
US77579406P 2006-02-23 2006-02-23
US60/775,794 2006-02-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007098214A1 true WO2007098214A1 (en) 2007-08-30

Family

ID=38209504

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2007/004531 WO2007098214A1 (en) 2006-02-21 2007-02-20 Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20070265270A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1991540A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2009527562A (en)
AU (1) AU2007217474A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2643983A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2008010671A (en)
WO (1) WO2007098214A1 (en)

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009025823A1 (en) * 2007-08-21 2009-02-26 Amgen Inc. Phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
WO2009029214A1 (en) * 2007-08-23 2009-03-05 Amgen Inc. Isoquinolone derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
WO2010106290A1 (en) * 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Sanofi-Aventis Hsp90 inhibiting indazole derivatives, compositions containing same and use thereof
FR2943341A1 (en) * 2009-03-19 2010-09-24 Sanofi Aventis New substituted indazole compounds are heat shock protein 90 inhibitors useful for preventing or treating e.g. Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, malaria, thrombosis, retinopathy, and macular degeneration
FR2955323A1 (en) * 2010-01-19 2011-07-22 Sanofi Aventis New substituted indazole compounds are heat shock protein 90 inhibitors useful for preventing or treating e.g. Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, malaria, thrombosis, retinopathy, and macular degeneration
WO2012112946A1 (en) 2011-02-18 2012-08-23 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6,7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinolinol derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (pde10a)
US8258122B2 (en) 2007-03-02 2012-09-04 Almirall, S.A. 3-([1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-7-yl)benzamide derivatives
JP2012520886A (en) * 2009-03-18 2012-09-10 シェーリング コーポレイション Bicyclic compounds as inhibitors of diacylglycerol acyltransferase
US8334294B2 (en) 2007-04-26 2012-12-18 Almirall, S.A. 4,8-diphenyl-polyazanaphthalene derivatives
WO2013000994A1 (en) 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Novel inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
WO2013005798A1 (en) * 2011-07-06 2013-01-10 持田製薬株式会社 Novel nitrogenated heterocyclic ring derivative
WO2013068489A1 (en) 2011-11-09 2013-05-16 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Heterocyclic carboxamides useful as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase type 10a
WO2013068470A1 (en) 2011-11-09 2013-05-16 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Inhibitors of phosphodiesterase type 10a
US8450341B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2013-05-28 Almirall, S.A. Substituted indolin-2-one derivatives and their use as P38 mitogen-activated kinase inhibitors
WO2014027078A1 (en) 2012-08-17 2014-02-20 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
WO2014071044A1 (en) 2012-11-01 2014-05-08 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6,7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinoline derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (pde10a)
WO2014079995A2 (en) 2012-11-26 2014-05-30 Abbvie Inc. Novel inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
WO2014140184A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Novel inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
WO2014202493A1 (en) * 2013-06-19 2014-12-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Indolin-2-one or pyrrolo-pyridin/pyrimidin-2-one derivatives
US9200005B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2015-12-01 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
US9200016B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2015-12-01 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6, 7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinoline derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (PDE 10A)
US9388180B2 (en) 2012-09-17 2016-07-12 Abbvie Inc. Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
CN108349944A (en) * 2015-11-06 2018-07-31 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Indolin-2-one derivative
WO2020065583A1 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Balipodect for treating or preventing autism spectrum disorders
CN114057713A (en) * 2021-12-03 2022-02-18 广东莱佛士制药技术有限公司 Method for synthesizing (R) -salmeterol intermediate
US11414397B2 (en) 2016-07-14 2022-08-16 Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Somatostatin modulators and uses thereof
US11957674B2 (en) 2020-09-09 2024-04-16 Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations of a somatostatin modulator

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2005282721A1 (en) * 2004-09-03 2006-03-16 Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation 4-substituted 4, 6-dialkoxy-cinnoline derivatives as phospodiesterase 10 inhibitors for the treatment of psychiatric or neurological syndroms
EP1991530A1 (en) * 2006-02-21 2008-11-19 Amgen Inc. Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
EP1991531A1 (en) * 2006-02-28 2008-11-19 Amgen Inc. Cinnoline and quinoxaline derivates as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US20070265258A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-11-15 Ruiping Liu Quinazoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
EA020332B1 (en) * 2007-08-10 2014-10-30 Х. Лундбекк А/С Heteroaryl amide analogues
US8492392B2 (en) 2009-05-27 2013-07-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Alkoxy tetrahydro-pyridopyrimidine PDE10 inhibitors
CA2824047C (en) * 2011-01-11 2019-06-18 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and methods of use thereof
CN116574018A (en) * 2023-07-11 2023-08-11 广东嘉博制药有限公司 Preparation method of methoxamine hydrochloride

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0882717A1 (en) * 1996-10-01 1998-12-09 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Nitrogenous heterocyclic compounds
US20060019975A1 (en) * 2004-07-23 2006-01-26 Pfizer Inc Novel piperidyl derivatives of quinazoline and isoquinoline
WO2006028957A1 (en) * 2004-09-03 2006-03-16 Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation 4-substituted 4, 6-dialkoxy-cinnoline derivatives as phospodiesterase 10 inhibitors for the treatment of psychiatric or neurological syndroms
WO2006070284A1 (en) * 2004-12-31 2006-07-06 Pfizer Products Inc. Pyrrolidyl derivatives of heteroaromatic compounds as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Family Cites Families (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5294622A (en) * 1988-01-29 1994-03-15 Dowelanco Substituted quinolines and cinnolines
IL89029A (en) * 1988-01-29 1993-01-31 Lilly Co Eli Fungicidal quinoline and cinnoline derivatives, compositions containing them, and fungicidal methods of using them
IL89028A0 (en) * 1988-01-29 1989-08-15 Lilly Co Eli Quinoline,quinazoline and cinnoline derivatives
US5114939A (en) * 1988-01-29 1992-05-19 Dowelanco Substituted quinolines and cinnolines as fungicides
DK203990D0 (en) * 1990-08-24 1990-08-24 Novo Nordisk As piperazinyl
JP3531944B2 (en) * 1991-02-07 2004-05-31 アベンティス・ファーマ・ソシエテ・アノニム Novel benzyl group-substituted nitrogen-based bicyclic derivative and method for producing the same
US5565472A (en) * 1992-12-21 1996-10-15 Pfizer Inc. 4-aryl-3-(heteroarylureido)-1,2-dihydro-2-oxo-quinoline derivatives as antihypercholesterolemic and antiatherosclerotic agents
US5338740A (en) * 1993-07-13 1994-08-16 Pfizer Inc. Angiotensin II receptor antagonists
ATE149485T1 (en) * 1993-11-02 1997-03-15 Hoechst Ag SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLIC CARBOXYLIC AMIDE ESTERS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
WO1997014681A1 (en) * 1995-10-16 1997-04-24 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heterocyclic compounds as h+-atpases
CA2190708A1 (en) * 1995-12-08 1997-06-09 Johannes Aebi Aminoalkyl substituted benzo-heterocyclic compounds
US6416733B1 (en) * 1996-10-07 2002-07-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Radiopharmaceuticals for imaging infection and inflammation
US20030124053A1 (en) * 1996-10-07 2003-07-03 Barrett John Andrew Radiopharmaceuticals for imaging infection and inflammation
DK0835659T3 (en) * 1996-10-14 2005-04-18 Aventis Pharma Gmbh Use of non-peptidic antagonists for bradykinin in the manufacture of drugs for the treatment and prevention of Alzheimer's disease
US5952326A (en) * 1997-12-10 1999-09-14 Pfizer Inc. Tetralin and chroman derivatives useful in the treatment of asthma, arthritis and related diseases
ATE496035T1 (en) * 1998-03-31 2011-02-15 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd NITROGEN CONTAINING HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
US6395749B1 (en) * 1998-05-15 2002-05-28 Guilford Pharmaceuticals Inc. Carboxamide compounds, methods, and compositions for inhibiting PARP activity
GB9917406D0 (en) * 1999-07-23 1999-09-22 Smithkline Beecham Plc Compounds
AU2001245401A1 (en) * 2000-03-01 2001-09-12 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Hydrazones and analogs as cholesterol lowering agents
HUP0300721A3 (en) * 2000-07-26 2006-02-28 Smithkline Beecham Plc Aminopiperidine quinolines and their azaisosteric analogues with antibacterial activity, process for producing them, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and use thereof
BR0113057A (en) * 2000-08-09 2003-07-08 Astrazeneca Ab Compound, process for preparing a compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of a compound, and method for producing an antiangiogenic effect and / or vascular permeability reducing effect in a warm-blooded animal in need of such treatment.
EP1320529B1 (en) * 2000-09-21 2006-05-24 Smithkline Beecham Plc Quinoline derivatives as antibacterials
AUPR213700A0 (en) * 2000-12-18 2001-01-25 Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd Antiviral agents
GB0031088D0 (en) * 2000-12-20 2001-01-31 Smithkline Beecham Plc Medicaments
GB0031086D0 (en) * 2000-12-20 2001-01-31 Smithkline Beecham Plc Medicaments
GB0101577D0 (en) * 2001-01-22 2001-03-07 Smithkline Beecham Plc Compounds
GB0112836D0 (en) * 2001-05-25 2001-07-18 Smithkline Beecham Plc Medicaments
GB0112834D0 (en) * 2001-05-25 2001-07-18 Smithkline Beecham Plc Medicaments
US6632810B2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-10-14 Kowa Co., Ltd. Cyclic diamine compound with condensed-ring groups
US20030203917A1 (en) * 2001-07-25 2003-10-30 Smithkline Beecham Corporation And Smithkline Beecham P.L.C. Compounds and methods for the treatment of neoplastic disease
GB0118238D0 (en) * 2001-07-26 2001-09-19 Smithkline Beecham Plc Medicaments
US20030236259A1 (en) * 2002-02-05 2003-12-25 Rolf Hohlweg Novel aryl- and heteroarylpiperazines
US20030158188A1 (en) * 2002-02-20 2003-08-21 Chih-Hung Lee Fused azabicyclic compounds that inhibit vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (VR1) receptor
US7074805B2 (en) * 2002-02-20 2006-07-11 Abbott Laboratories Fused azabicyclic compounds that inhibit vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (VR1) receptor
GB0206876D0 (en) * 2002-03-22 2002-05-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
WO2003082341A1 (en) * 2002-03-22 2003-10-09 Cellular Genomics, Inc. AN IMPROVED FORMULATION OF CERTAIN PYRAZOLO[3,4-d] PYRIMIDINES AS KINASE MODULATORS
FR2842525B1 (en) * 2002-07-16 2005-05-13 Aventis Pharma Sa 3-GUANIDINOCARBONYL-1-HETEROARYL-INDOLE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION AS MEDICAMENTS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THE SAME
FR2842524B1 (en) * 2002-07-16 2005-04-22 Aventis Pharma Sa PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING 3-GUANIDINOCARBONYL-1-HETEROARYL-PYRROLE DERIVATIVE, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME AS MEDICAMENTS
GB0217294D0 (en) * 2002-07-25 2002-09-04 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicaments
EP1403292B1 (en) * 2002-09-30 2016-04-13 Borealis Polymers Oy Process for preparing an olefin polymerisation catalyst component with improved high temperature activity
US20040092521A1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2004-05-13 Altenbach Robert J. Bicyclic-substituted amines as histamine-3 receptor ligands
US6933311B2 (en) * 2003-02-11 2005-08-23 Abbott Laboratories Fused azabicyclic compounds that inhibit vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (VR1) receptor
US20060166316A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2006-07-27 Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation Phosphodiesterase 10a7 isoforms and methods of use
US7015233B2 (en) * 2003-06-12 2006-03-21 Abbott Laboratories Fused compounds that inhibit vanilloid subtype 1 (VR1) receptor
US20050113576A1 (en) * 2003-08-05 2005-05-26 Chih-Hung Lee Fused azabicyclic compounds that inhibit vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (VR1) receptor
JP2007511618A (en) * 2003-11-19 2007-05-10 シグナル ファーマシューティカルズ，エルエルシー Indazole compounds and methods of use as protein kinase inhibitors
US20050182060A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-08-18 Kelly Michael G. 2-Substituted and 4-substituted aryl nitrone compounds
MX2008002207A (en) * 2005-08-16 2008-03-27 Memory Pharm Corp Phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors.

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0882717A1 (en) * 1996-10-01 1998-12-09 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Nitrogenous heterocyclic compounds
US20060019975A1 (en) * 2004-07-23 2006-01-26 Pfizer Inc Novel piperidyl derivatives of quinazoline and isoquinoline
WO2006011040A1 (en) * 2004-07-23 2006-02-02 Pfizer Products Inc. Quinazolin-4-yl- piperidine and cinnolin-4-yl- piperidine derivatives as pde10 inhibitors for the treatment of cns disorders
WO2006028957A1 (en) * 2004-09-03 2006-03-16 Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation 4-substituted 4, 6-dialkoxy-cinnoline derivatives as phospodiesterase 10 inhibitors for the treatment of psychiatric or neurological syndroms
WO2006070284A1 (en) * 2004-12-31 2006-07-06 Pfizer Products Inc. Pyrrolidyl derivatives of heteroaromatic compounds as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Cited By (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8258122B2 (en) 2007-03-02 2012-09-04 Almirall, S.A. 3-([1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-7-yl)benzamide derivatives
US8334294B2 (en) 2007-04-26 2012-12-18 Almirall, S.A. 4,8-diphenyl-polyazanaphthalene derivatives
WO2009025823A1 (en) * 2007-08-21 2009-02-26 Amgen Inc. Phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
WO2009029214A1 (en) * 2007-08-23 2009-03-05 Amgen Inc. Isoquinolone derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US8450341B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2013-05-28 Almirall, S.A. Substituted indolin-2-one derivatives and their use as P38 mitogen-activated kinase inhibitors
JP2012520886A (en) * 2009-03-18 2012-09-10 シェーリング コーポレイション Bicyclic compounds as inhibitors of diacylglycerol acyltransferase
CN102439003A (en) * 2009-03-19 2012-05-02 赛诺菲 Hsp90 inhibiting indazole derivatives, compositions containing same and use thereof
WO2010106290A1 (en) * 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Sanofi-Aventis Hsp90 inhibiting indazole derivatives, compositions containing same and use thereof
FR2943341A1 (en) * 2009-03-19 2010-09-24 Sanofi Aventis New substituted indazole compounds are heat shock protein 90 inhibitors useful for preventing or treating e.g. Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, malaria, thrombosis, retinopathy, and macular degeneration
FR2955323A1 (en) * 2010-01-19 2011-07-22 Sanofi Aventis New substituted indazole compounds are heat shock protein 90 inhibitors useful for preventing or treating e.g. Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, malaria, thrombosis, retinopathy, and macular degeneration
WO2012112946A1 (en) 2011-02-18 2012-08-23 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6,7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinolinol derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (pde10a)
US9670181B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2017-06-06 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6,7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinolinol derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (PDE 10A)
US8772316B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2014-07-08 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6,7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinolinol derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (PDE10A)
WO2013000994A1 (en) 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Novel inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
US9938269B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2018-04-10 Abbvie Inc. Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
WO2013005798A1 (en) * 2011-07-06 2013-01-10 持田製薬株式会社 Novel nitrogenated heterocyclic ring derivative
US9856220B2 (en) 2011-11-09 2018-01-02 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
WO2013068470A1 (en) 2011-11-09 2013-05-16 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Inhibitors of phosphodiesterase type 10a
WO2013068489A1 (en) 2011-11-09 2013-05-16 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Heterocyclic carboxamides useful as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase type 10a
US10308610B2 (en) 2011-11-09 2019-06-04 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
US9464085B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2016-10-11 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
WO2014027078A1 (en) 2012-08-17 2014-02-20 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
US9388180B2 (en) 2012-09-17 2016-07-12 Abbvie Inc. Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
WO2014071044A1 (en) 2012-11-01 2014-05-08 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6,7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinoline derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (pde10a)
WO2014079995A2 (en) 2012-11-26 2014-05-30 Abbvie Inc. Novel inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
US9790203B2 (en) 2012-11-26 2017-10-17 Abbvie Inc. Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
US9200005B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2015-12-01 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
US9163019B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-10-20 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
WO2014140184A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Novel inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10a
US9475808B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-10-25 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A
TWI507402B (en) * 2013-06-19 2015-11-11 Hoffmann La Roche Indolin-2-one or pyrrolo-pyridin/pyrimidin-2-one derivatives
RU2666532C2 (en) * 2013-06-19 2018-09-11 Ф. Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг Indolin-2-one or pyrrolo-pyridin/pyrimidin-2-one derivatives
CN105308039A (en) * 2013-06-19 2016-02-03 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Indolin-2-one or pyrrolo-pyridin/pyrimidin-2-one derivatives
WO2014202493A1 (en) * 2013-06-19 2014-12-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Indolin-2-one or pyrrolo-pyridin/pyrimidin-2-one derivatives
US9616053B2 (en) 2013-06-19 2017-04-11 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Indolin-2-one or pyrrolo-pyridin/pyrimidin-2-one derivatives
US9200016B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2015-12-01 Allergan, Inc. Substituted 6, 7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinoline derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (PDE 10A)
US9902710B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2018-02-27 Exonhit Therapeutics, Sa Substituted 6, 7-dialkoxy-3-isoquinoline derivatives as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 (PDE 10A)
CN108349944A (en) * 2015-11-06 2018-07-31 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Indolin-2-one derivative
CN108349944B (en) * 2015-11-06 2021-03-30 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Indolin-2-one derivatives
US11066393B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2021-07-20 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Indolin-2-one derivatives
US11414397B2 (en) 2016-07-14 2022-08-16 Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Somatostatin modulators and uses thereof
WO2020065583A1 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Balipodect for treating or preventing autism spectrum disorders
US11957674B2 (en) 2020-09-09 2024-04-16 Crinetics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations of a somatostatin modulator
CN114057713A (en) * 2021-12-03 2022-02-18 广东莱佛士制药技术有限公司 Method for synthesizing (R) -salmeterol intermediate
CN114057713B (en) * 2021-12-03 2023-09-19 广东莱佛士制药技术有限公司 Method for synthesizing (R) -salmeterol intermediate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2007217474A1 (en) 2007-08-30
CA2643983A1 (en) 2007-08-30
US20070265270A1 (en) 2007-11-15
EP1991540A1 (en) 2008-11-19
MX2008010671A (en) 2008-10-01
JP2009527562A (en) 2009-07-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1991540A1 (en) Cinnoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US20070265258A1 (en) Quinazoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
WO2007100880A1 (en) Cinnoline and quinazoline derivates as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US20070299067A1 (en) Quinoline and isoquinoline derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US20070265256A1 (en) Phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
WO2009025823A1 (en) Phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US20090054434A1 (en) Isoquinolone derivatives as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
US20090062291A1 (en) Phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
JP6726677B2 (en) Substituted 2-H-pyrazole derivatives as anticancer agents
US20090099175A1 (en) Phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
WO2008086462A2 (en) AMINO-SUBSTITUTED QUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF β-CANTENIN/TCF-4 PATHWAY AND CANCER TREATMENT AGENTS
AU2016251253A1 (en) Condensed-ring pyrimidylamino derivative, preparation method therefor, and intermediate, pharmaceutical composition and applications thereof
CA2886139A1 (en) Comt inhibitors
JP2022540671A (en) Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinases
CN117466897A (en) Highly selective FGFR2 inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2643983

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2008/010671

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2008556410

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007217474

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007751301

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2007217474

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20070220

Kind code of ref document: A